官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
客服系统

					The Future of Personalisation: Creating Moments of Mutual Value With Data and AI
The Future of Personalisation: Creating Moments of Mutual Value With Data and AI
Customer indifference is at an all time high. Brand loyalty doesn’t exist in the same way it did in the past and customers want more than another email with a 20% offer. To put this in context, email and SMS volume has increased 70% over two years, and in-app messaging has seen a 283.3% increase. Yet, the performance of a typical promotional campaign is down 10-20%. These trends combined with declining ecommerce and a cookieless future all point to the need for a strategic shift in how marketers engage their customers. Our observations and studies of customer engagement data from some of the world’s biggest brands suggest a moment orientated growth strategy is key and the next step in marketing maturity. Embracing a moment orientated growth strategy Marketing has traditionally been channel or journey orientated and success has been measured the same way. However, looking at individual channels and conversion rates is not a customer-centric form of measurement. It’s also not as effective as delving into causality and understanding the cause-and-effect relationships between variables. A moment orientated growth strategy is different and focuses on engaging customers in very brief, and yet predictable periods in time. To better understand what we mean by moment orientated, it’s helpful to look at how we define personalisation: So what does this look like in practice? Imagine leaving a concert or sporting event and before you even get to your car or train, you receive an email to thank you for attending and to suggest related events you may want to attend in the future. Or imagine ordering a new pair of shoes online and the day they arrive, you receive an email to check if they’re the right fit and, if necessary, guide you through the return process. What we see with these use cases is how marketing is shifting from a model based on interruption to a model based on interception. Instead of interrupting the customer experience and degrading channel performance, marketers can intercede with moments of mutual value. These momentsstrengthen brand preference, loyalty, and advocacy, and can have acausal impact on customers’ future value to the brand. A new approach to marketing personalisation Every customer persona or value segment buys and behaves differently, and this is why personalisation is so hard. Personalisation engines—like Marketing Cloud Personalisation—can help but an effective personalisation strategy relies on a solid foundation of data. This is where Data Cloud comes in. It connects marketing, commerce, sales, service, revenue, and campaign performance data into unified profiles that marketers can use to quickly create target audience segments and activate them across channels. Data Cloud also enables identification of lookalike audiences and dynamic personalisation based on real-time signals and behaviours. Combining these capabilities with data science, you can start to predict customer behaviour and deliver those moments of mutual value that propel engagement and spend. Of course in doing all of this, it is crucial to strike the right balance between privacy and personalisation by implementing transparent privacy practices, obtaining informed consent, and using data responsibly. Taking data-driven marketing to new heights Marketers are already dipping their toes into the water when it comes to personalisation and creating meaningful moments to deepen customer relationships. The challenge is then shifting to a data-driven personalisation strategy that delivers trust, and adaptability at scale. Organisations also need help prioritising long-term customer equity goals with short-term revenue targets. Until now, efforts to scale personalisation have typically been deprioritised. However, with the emergence of Gen Y consumers and their ever-changing, sometimes erratic, buying behaviour, brands are experiencing a reckoning like never before. Slow and steady is no longer cutting it, and brands are being forced into more transformational efforts as they pertain to personalisation. In this new era, marketing requires a level of data science and application of machine learning and predictive analytics. So rather than marketing to audiences based solely on personas, you can tailor your strategy based on an understanding of how those personas engage with your brand. You can also observe and predict purchasing patterns, and intercede in those moments that most impact customer lifetime value. This includes the post- purchase phase where the experience a customer receives significantly influences their decision to purchase again. To do this effectively, marketing teams need data skills and also need to rethink how they measure customer experience and business outcomes. Creating a personalisation pod within your business can help. These pods bring together functional experts to focus on specific points in the customer lifecycle and develop use cases that can be applied to different products or divisions. In this way, you can start to really scale your personalisation strategy to unlock growth.

					Definitive Guide to Net Promoter Score
Definitive Guide to Net Promoter Score
What we will cover: What is the Net Promoter Score?Calculation of Net Promoter ScoreHow to judge whether a Net Promoter Score is good or badUnderstanding the limitations and potential of NPSHow can a business improve its Net Promoter Score?Net Promoter Score: Key facts and FAQs What is the Net Promoter Score? NPS is a benchmarking tool for customer satisfaction. The NPS method, which is based on a two-minute survey, gives insights about customer loyalty by measuring customers’ willingness to recommend a business to a friend or acquaintance. NPS differs from other related benchmarks, such as the customer satisfaction score, by indicating a customer’s general sentiment about a brand as opposed to their opinion on particular interactions or purchases. Because of this, it crops up frequently in discussions aboutcustomer experience. In addition, net promoter score is a standard benchmark used by companies worldwide. This makes it a good way for businesses to gauge their performance as compared to their competitors. Calculation of Net Promoter Score Step One: Determine the number of promoters, passives and detractors The calculation of net promoter score is based on a two-minute questionnaire that asks customers to rate how likely they would be to promote a brand to their friends and acquaintances. “On a scale of 0-10, how likely is it that you would recommend us to friends, colleagues or business associates?” This basic question (give or take slight variations in wording) is the one upon which all net promoter score calculations are based. The survey participant is most often asked to provide a rating on a scale of 0-10. According to the number they choose, they are placed in one of the following three categories: 1. Promoters Promoters are people who assign a score from 9-10. They are deemed more likely to exhibit behaviours that generate value, such as buying more, returning to the brand over a long period and referring more people. They have what is known as a high “lifetime value”. 2. Passives Passives are people who give a score of 7 or 8. They are considered to be moderately satisfied. They might remain loyal to the brand, but also have the potential to switch allegiance to a competitor if the conditions are right. They won’t make special efforts to refer a prospect. 3. Detractors Detractors give a score between 0 and 6. They are (usually) actively dissatisfied customers who have the potential to damage your brand reputation through negative reviews, social media interactions or word-of-mouth. To calculate the net promoter score, you simply deduct the percentage of detractors from the percentage of promoters. The worst possible score – i.e., the score that would be achieved if every customer was a detractor, is -100. The best is 100. However, both of these scores are highly unlikely in real life. Passives count toward the total number of respondents, which decreases the percentage of detractors and promoters equally. This drives the overall score towards 0. Step Two: Drill down into the net promoter score To enable companies to drill down from the broader insight provided by the NPS, they are encouraged to follow the main question with a request that draws out the customer’s reasons. These questions might, for example, ask about a customer’s opinion on the customer service they have received. The responses can be translated into follow-up action and coaching measures. Since it can be tricky to analyse open-ended feedback objectively, companies often provide rating scales for these additional questions, too. The additional questions help companies understand the relative contribution of individual products, services and business areas to the NPS. Sample Net Promoter Score Calculation Let’s imagine a scenario where a company surveys 200 of its customers with the standard NPS question. Remember that the purpose of NPS to find out about general customer sentiment, so this question shouldn’t be targeted towards a particular product. After the responses are totalled, 125 of the respondents are promoters, 42 are passive and 33 are detractors. The first step is to calculate these amounts as percentage values: Promoters = ((200 – (42 + 33))/200) x 100 = 62%Passive = ((200 – (125 + 33))/200) x 100 = 21%Detractors = ((200 – (125 + 42 ))/200) x 100 = 16.5%Then, we apply the net promoter score formula:Company NPS = %Promoters – %DetractorsCompany NPS = 62.5 – 16.5 = 46 The interpretation of NPS is highly complex and context-dependent. To find out more, see the section “How can I judge whether a net promoter score is good or bad?”. Why measure net promoter score? As mentioned earlier, the NPS methodology is primarily intended to measure customer loyalty to a company or brand – in other words, how likely they are to buy again, act as a brand ambassador and resist pressure to defect. This last point can also be expressed as “churn rate” – that is, the likelihood of them cancelling a subscription or not repurchasing. This is important because it is cheaper to retain a customer than acquire a new one. There are a number of ways in which measuring NPS can be beneficial for your company. Closing the feedback loop: The net promoter system gives companies a chance to “close the loop” – that is, to go vertical and gather more information from respondents. It also gives them chance to change a negative impression. Since an NPS survey only takes a minute of a customer’s time, it’s relatively easy to get them to engage. Easy to use: You don’t need to be a trained statistician to administer an online NPS poll. In a similar vein, the survey is intuitive and simple for customers to complete. You can send it to them via email or include it on your website as a pop-up after a transaction. The formula can be calculated with a basic spreadsheet. A common language for the customer conversation: By breaking down customers down into promoters, passives and detractors, the NPS system makes it easy to differentiate between them. Everyone in the company has a common set of definitions to work with Easier benchmarking: NPS is a standard metric used by companies globally. As such, it lets you place your score in the context of other scores in your industry and see how you measure up. NPS is also ideal for presenting to senior management as a big-picture snapshot of customer loyalty at a given moment. Driving growth: When companies take on the NPS question and begin to study it as a key metric, it helps them channel their customer service efforts and grow revenue through referrals andupsells. This is covered in more detail later in the article. How to judge whether a Net Promoter Score is good or bad What is a “good” net promoter score? To answer this question, it’s important to understand that there isn’t one “holy grail” number to strive for. The results vary highly from industry to industry. Technically, any score above 0 can be considered a “good” score, since it means you have more promoters than detractors. According to global NPS standards, a score of above 50 is good, and above 70 is outstanding. However, both of these scores are rare. A good way to use NPS is to look at the score of a close competitor and see how yours matches up. However, it’s equally as important to look at the scores for your industry as a whole. In many sectors, a score in the 30s or 40s is something to aspire to. Theaverage score for department and speciality stores(58) is higher than for airlines (35), which in turn is higher than for internet service providers (2). If your score indicates that you are having more success with customer relationships than industry competitors, you can reasonably assume that your customers will stick around. Understanding the limitations and potential of NPS However, there are also many factors that are out of your control. Research has shown repeatedly that customers are more likely to report a bad experience than a good one. Your best and most loyal customers might simply not bother to score you at all! For this reason, it’s important not to treat the number as an end in itself, but to look at the direction in which your NPS is trending. What story does it tell about your customer relationships? If your number of promoters is growing, this could mean that brand image is on the up. On the other hand, a decrease in promoters relative to the number of passives could be a red flag for a potential increase in churn. With this in mind, the key question for companies is: how can you act quickly on customer insights to improve customer experience, grow NPS and reduce the number of defections? How can a business improve its net promoter score? There’s no silver bullet for improving NPS, but there are a number of best practices you can use to enhance thequality of your customer experienceand achieve happier customer interactions. Get everyone involved Make sure the whole company is aware of NPS and why it is important – that is, not just as an end in itself. A low NPS is an issue for everyone. Ask sales, marketing and customer service to think of ways in which they could refine communication with prospects and get them excited about the business. Find a connection Empathy is key – after all, customers are humans. They want to feel that a brand resonates with them andtheir values. If your company has hard-hitting values or a unique culture, think about how you could show it off. Ask promoters for their opinion These customers already like you and will be willing to help. Where do they get their sense of connection? Ask detractors how you could improve Detractors have real and genuine value to add. Accept their criticisms and use them as the basis for sincere reflection. Promote customer advocacy Customer advocacy schemes use personalised interactions to encourage existing customers to become promoters. Create an online community space for customers and offer appealing incentives for referrals. Think of creative ways to encourage them to share positive experiences on social media. Improve front-line communication The job of customer service reps is to build the human connection and show customers that their business is valued. Channel customers to the right rep and make sure that reps are equipped to offer personalised, efficient care. Consider whether your product is at fault Use focus groups and customer visits to see how people interact with your product and understand whether it actually meets the needs of your customer base. The most important thing to remember is that NPS shouldn’t be a meaningless “vanity metric”. By following the correct into a stepping stone forimproving customer service. The point of measuring NPS is not merely to make the competitive range for your industry, but to transform customer orientation into a central part of your company culture. That’s a lot of info! Here’s what you should take away from this article: What is a net promoter score?Net promoter score, or ‘NPS’, is a way of measuring customer sentiment based on a simple two-minute survey. How is a net promoter score calculated?A net promoter score reflects how likely customers are to promote a brand. The score is simply the percentage of detractors subtracted from the percentage of promoters. Why measure net promoter score?When companies measure their net promoter score, it helps them properly channel their customer service efforts and grow revenue. How can I tell if a net promoter score is good or bad?According to global NPS standards, a net promoter score above 50 is good, and above 70 is outstanding. What are the limitations of net promoter score?Customers are more likely to report bad experiences, so the actual net promoter score isn’t as important as its direction. How can businesses improve their net promoter score?Businesses can improve their net promoter score by: Communicating empathetically Perfecting the product Promoting customer advocacy Listening to detractors Frequently Asked Questions What is the Net Promoter Score? Net promoter score, or ‘NPS’, is a way for businesses to measure customer satisfaction. To find it, customers answer a simple survey gauging how likely they are to recommend a business to a friend or an acquaintance. Their answers are then fed into a formula to produce a single figure used for universal benchmarking. Who uses Net Promoter Score (NPS)? Net promoter score is a standard benchmark used by companies around the world. Businesses use their net promoter score, or ‘NPS’, to measure customer satisfaction and loyalty to a brand. Net promoter score is a helpful tool for organisations to see how their customer service is perceived and where improvements might be made. Why is Net Promoter Score important? Net promoter score helps businesses gauge the quality of their customer service, particularly in relation to their competitors. Organisations can use their net promoter score to address any problems areas, improve the experience of their customers, monitor loyalty trends, and grow revenue through referrals and upsells.

					Income Statement: How to Read and Utilise It
Income Statement: How to Read and Utilise It
Understanding a company’s financial health is crucial for investors, creditors, and business owners alike. The income statement serves as a vital tool in this regard, providing a comprehensive overview of a company’s financial performance over a specific period. This blog examines the intricacies of the income statement, deciphering its structure, key components, and practical applications. By gaining a deeper understanding of this financial statement, readers will be better equipped to assess a company’s financial health and make informed decisions. What Is an Income Statement? An income statement, also referred to as a profit and loss statement, serves as a financial report that offers an all-encompassing summary of a company’s financial performance over a specific period, usually a quarter or a year. This financial document provides valuable insights into a company’s revenue generation, cost management, and overall financial health. The income statement presents a detailed breakdown of a company’s income sources, expenses incurred, and net income or loss for the specified period. It begins by outlining the company’s total revenues, which encompass all income generated from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services, interest income, and other revenue streams. Next, the income statement subtracts various costs and expenses from the total revenues to arrive at the net income. These expenses may include the cost of goods sold, operating expenses such as rent, utilities, and salaries, depreciation, interest expenses, and taxes. By deducting these expenses from the total revenues, the income statement reveals the company’s net income, which represents the profit or loss incurred during the reporting period. The significance of the income statement lies in its ability to provide stakeholders, including investors, creditors, analysts, and business owners, with critical information for decision-making. It offers a clear picture of a company’s financial performance, profitability, and overall financial health. By analysing the income statement, stakeholders can assess a company’s revenue growth, cost management efficiency, and net income trends over time. This information is vital for evaluating a company’s financial stability, growth potential, and investment or lending opportunities. Understanding the Income Statement An income statement acts as a comprehensive financial report and provides a roadmap for stakeholders, empowering them to navigate the company’s financial landscape and make informed decisions. Investors, creditors, analysts, and management alike find solace in its detailed revelations. At the heart of the income statement lies a meticulous breakdown of the company’s financial journey. It commences with total revenues, a symphony of income generated from diverse sources. Sales of products or services, total expenses, interest earned, rental income, and other revenue streams harmoniously converge, painting a vivid picture of the company’s earning prowess. Next, the single-step income statement embarks on a meticulous subtraction, deducting various costs and expenses from the total revenues. Like a sculptor chiselling away at a masterpiece, the income statement unveils the intricate details of the company’s financial landscape. Costs of goods sold, operating expenses, depreciation, interest expenses, and taxes emerge as distinct categories, each playing a pivotal role in shaping the company’s financial narrative. From this meticulous dissection emerges the net income or loss, the ultimate measure of the company’s financial triumph or tribulation. This bottom line figure stands as a testament to the company’s financial prowess, a culmination of its revenue-generating capabilities and cost-management strategies. To fully grasp the company’s financial trajectory, a keen eye must be cast upon each line item, discerning its impact on the overall financial picture. Revenue trends, whether ascending or descending, offer glimpses into the company’s market prowess and sales performance. A thorough examination of expenses unveils opportunities for optimisation and cost control, paving the way for enhanced financial efficiency. Juxtaposing the net income or loss against previous periods or industry benchmarks unveils a comparative panorama. This comparative analysis serves as a compass, guiding users towards an informed evaluation of the company’s profitability and financial performance. The income statement is a financial compass, providing invaluable insights into a company’s revenue generation, expenses, and profitability. By deciphering its structure and key elements, users embark on a journey of financial understanding, gaining a profound grasp of the company’s financial health and performance. Revenue, Gains, Expenses and Losses Revenue is the total amount of money that a company generates from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services, interest income, and other revenue streams. Gains are increases in a company’s assets or decreases in its liabilities that result from non-operating events, such as the sale of an asset or the receipt of a government grant. Expenses are the costs that a company incurs in the course of its operations, such as the cost of goods sold, operating expenses, depreciation, interest expenses, and taxes. Losses are decreases in a company’s assets or increases in its liabilities that result from non-operating events, such as a natural disaster or a lawsuit. By analysing these four components, investors and analysts can gain insights into a company’s financial performance and profitability. Revenue and gains represent the sources of a company’s income, while expenses and losses represent the costs and deductions that reduce income. By comparing revenue and gains to expenses and losses, investors and analysts can determine whether a company is generating a profit or a loss. They can also assess the company’s financial stability by evaluating the company’s ability to both generate revenue and sufficient cash flow to cover its expenses and make debt payments. In addition to providing a snapshot of a company’s financial performance, the income statement can also be used to identify trends and patterns in a company’s operations. By comparing income statements from different periods, investors and analysts can identify changes in revenue, expenses, gains, and losses over time. This information can be used to assess the company’s growth potential, profitability, and overall financial health. Income Statement Structure This section provides an overview of the income statement structure, including the two main sections: the operating section and the non-operating section. The operating section reports the company’s revenue and expenses related to its primary operations, such as gross sales, of goods or services. This section includes items like net sales, cost of goods sold, gross profit, operating expenses, and operating income. By analysing the operating section, users can assess the company’s core business performance and profitability. On the other hand, the non-operating section reports the company’s income and expenses that are not directly related to its primary operations. This section includes items like interest income, interest expense, gains on asset sales, and losses from discontinued operations. By examining the non-operating section, users can gain insights into the company’s financial activities beyond its core operations. To continue, within each section, income statements typically present comparative figures for multiple periods, such as the current period compared to the previous period or the same period in the previous year. This comparative analysis allows users to track the company’s financial performance over time and identify trends or changes in revenue, expenses, and net income. Income statements often include notes or footnotes that provide further explanations or details about specific line items, or accounting policies. These notes are crucial for understanding the financial statements accurately and should not be overlooked during analysis. By understanding the structure of an income statement and its various components, users can effectively evaluate a company’s financial performance, profitability, and overall financial health. Reading Income Statements When reading an income statement, it’s important to pay attention to the top line, which shows the company’s revenue. Revenue is the total amount of money that a company generates from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services. It’s a crucial indicator of a company’s financial health and performance. A steady or increasing revenue trend is generally a positive sign, while a declining revenue trend may raise concerns. Next, take a look at the cost of goods sold (COGS). COGS represents the direct costs incurred in producing or delivering a company’s products or services. It includes expenses such as raw materials, labour, manufacturing and overhead costs. COGS is an important factor in determining a company’s gross profit, which is calculated by subtracting COGS from revenue. A high COGS relative to revenue can squeeze profit margins and impact a company’s profitability. Finally, examine the operating expenses. Operating expenses encompass a wide range of costs and associated operating activities along with running a company’s day-to-day operations, excluding COGS. Examples include rent, utilities, salaries, marketing expenses, and administrative costs. Analysing operating expenses can provide insights into a company’s efficiency and cost management practices. A careful examination of operating expenses can help you assess whether a company is controlling its costs effectively. By thoroughly analysing these key components of an income statement, you can gain valuable insights into a company’s financial performance and profitability. It’s important to remember that an income statement is just one piece of the financial puzzle, and it’s necessary to consider other financial statements and relevant information to form an overarching understanding of a company’s financial health. Uses of Income Statements Income statements serve multiple purposes for various stakeholders, including business owners, investors, and creditors. These groups rely on income statements to assess a company’s financial health and performance. Business owners use income statements to monitor their company’s profitability and make informed decisions about their operations. Investors use income statements to evaluate potential investment opportunities and assess the risk associated with investing in a particular company. Creditors use income statements to determine the creditworthiness of a company and assess the risk of lending money to the company. Income statements are also used to predict future cash flows. By analysing historical income statement data, financial analysts can project future revenue and expenses, which can help companies plan for future cash needs and make informed financial decisions. Income statements are also used to make informed investment decisions. Investors use income statements to compare the financial performance of different companies and identify those that are most likely to generate positive returns on investment. Income statements can help investors identify trends and patterns in a company’s financial performance, which can be used to make informed investment decisions. Finally, income statements are used for tax purposes and reporting to regulatory bodies. Companies are required to prepare income statements as part of their annual financial reporting requirements. Income statements provide the necessary information for calculating a company’s tax liability and ensuring compliance with tax regulations. Additionally, income statements are used to report a company’s financial performance to regulatory bodies, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States. These reports provide transparency and accountability, allowing regulators to monitor the financial health of companies and ensure compliance with relevant regulations. What Are the Five Key Elements of an Income Statement? The income statement is an important financial document that provides a complete overview of a company’s financial performance over a specific period. To fully grasp the financial health and profitability of a company, it’s essential to understand the five key elements that make up an income statement. 1. Sales/Revenue: This section presents the total amount of money generated by the company from its primary operations. It includes income from sales of goods or services, interest income, and other revenue streams. Revenue serves as the foundation for the balance sheet and income statement and sets the stage for evaluating the company’s overall financial performance. 2. Cost and Expenses: This section encompasses all the costs and expenses incurred by the company in the course of its operations. Cost of goods sold (COGS) represents the direct and indirect costs associated with producing or delivering the company’s products or services. Operating expenses, on the other hand, include a wide range of costs related to running day-to-day operations, such as rent, utilities, salaries, depreciation, and interest expenses. Administrative expenses, which are fixed in nature and include costs like salaries, rent, office supplies, and travel expenses, are also part of operating expenses. Understanding the composition and trends of costs and expenses is vital for assessing the efficiency and profitability of the business. 3. Gross Profit: Gross profit is calculated by deducting the cost of goods sold from the total revenue. It represents the initial profit earned by the company before factoring in operating expenses and other non-operating items. Analysing gross profit provides insights into the company’s pricing strategies, production efficiency, and overall cost management effectiveness. 4. Operating Profit: Operating profit, also known as earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), is derived by subtracting operating expenses from the gross profit. This metric reflects the company’s profitability from its core operations, excluding the impact of non-operating factors such as interest and taxes. Operating profit serves as a key indicator of the company’s operational efficiency and its ability to generate profits from its ongoing business activities. 5. Net Profit: Net profit, or the bottom line, represents the ultimate measure of a company’s profitability. It is calculated by deducting all expenses, including operating expenses, interest expenses, and taxes, from the total revenue. Net profit indicates the amount of profit the company has retained after covering all its costs and obligations. Analysing net profit over time and comparing it to industry benchmarks provides valuable insights into the company’s overall financial performance and sustainability. By thoroughly analysing these five key elements of an income statement, stakeholders gain an extensive understanding of a company’s financial health, profitability, and operational efficiency. Difference Between Operating Revenue and Non-Operating Revenue Operating revenue and non-operating revenue are two important components of a company’s income statement. Operating revenue is the money that a company makes from its main business activities, while non-operating revenue is money made from activities that are not directly related to the company’s main business. Operating revenue is typically more predictable than non-operating revenue, as it is based on the company’s core business activities. Examples of operating revenue include sales of goods or services, rental income, and commissions. Non-operating revenue, on the other hand, can be more volatile, as it is dependent on factors such as interest rates and the performance of the stock market. Examples of non-operating revenue include interest income, dividend income, and gains on the sale of assets. Companies may use non-operating revenue to supplement their operating revenue and improve their overall financial performance. However, it is important to note that non-operating revenue is not as reliable as operating revenue, as it is subject to a greater degree of risk. Here are some of the key differences between operating revenue and non-operating revenue: – Predictability: Operating revenue is more predictable than non-operating revenue. – Reliability: Operating revenue is more reliable than non-operating revenue. – Volatility: Non-operating revenue is more volatile than operating revenue. – Sources: Operating revenue comes from the company’s main business activities, while non-operating revenue comes from activities and other expenses that are not directly related to the company’s main business. By understanding the difference between operating revenue and non-operating revenue, investors and analysts can gain a better understanding of a company’s financial performance and profitability. Insights You Should Look for in an Income Statement? Investors and analysts should scrutinise an income statement for specific insights that reveal the company’s financial health. Firstly, they should examine what the income statement shows regarding trends in revenue and expenses over multiple periods. A steady rise in revenue coupled with a controlled growth in expenses indicates a company’s ability to scale effectively. Conversely, declining revenue or rapidly escalating expenses raise concerns about sustainability and efficiency. Secondly, comparing the company’s financial performance with industry benchmarks and competitors provides valuable context. If a company consistently outperforms its peers, it suggests a competitive advantage. However, lagging behind industry standards warrants further investigation into potential challenges. Thirdly, the ability to generate cash flow is crucial for a company’s long-term viability. Investors should assess the company’s cash flow from operations and its overall cash flow statement to determine if it can fund its operations and growth without excessive reliance on external financing. The sustainability of a company’s earnings and profitability is essential. Investors should analyse the company’s profit margins, return on assets, and return on equity to gauge its efficiency in generating profits from its assets and equity. Consistent improvement in these metrics indicates a company’s ability to grow profitably. Finally, investors should be attentive to any unusual or non-recurring items that may have significantly impacted the company’s financial results. These items could include one-time gains or losses, asset impairments, or restructuring charges. Identifying and understanding these non-recurring items helps investors make more informed judgments about the company’s underlying performance. LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM is a powerful tool that can help you gain insights into your financial performance, create and deliver personalised experiences to your customers, and automate your sales processes. With LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM, you can: – Get a complete view of your customers: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM provides a single, unified view of your customers, so you can see all their interactions with your company in one place. This allows you to provide them with a more personalised and consistent experience. – Automate your sales processes: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM can help you automate your sales processes, so you can focus on closing deals. The CRM can track leads, manage opportunities, and generate quotes and proposals. – Create personalised experiences: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM allows you to create personalised experiences for your customers. You can use the CRM to segment your customers, target them with specific marketing campaigns, and deliver personalised content. – Gain insights into your financial performance: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM provides you with insights into your financial performance, so you can make informed decisions about your business. The CRM can track your revenue, expenses, and profits, and provide you with reports and analytics. – Improve customer service: LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM can help you improve customer service by providing you with the tools you need to resolve customer issues quickly and efficiently. The CRM can track customer interactions, manage cases, and provide you with real-time updates on customer issues. With LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM, you can take your financial services business to the next level. The CRM can help you improve your sales, marketing, and customer service efforts, so you can grow your business and achieve your financial goals.

					What is an Invoice?
What is an Invoice?
When it comes to business transactions, an invoice serves as an essential commercial document. This detailed and itemised record of a transaction between a buyer and a seller captures necessary information about the goods or services provided, their quantities, pricing, and the total amount due, they’re also commonly referred to as bills, statements, or tabs. Beyond their role as a mere record of purchase, invoices play a multifaceted role in business operations. They act as critical pieces of evidence, serving as legal documentation that substantiates the occurrence of a transaction. This documentation becomes particularly significant in cases of disputes or discrepancies, providing a clear and verifiable account of the exchange between parties. A pro forma invoice is an initial estimate of costs provided to a client before services are rendered. It acts as a commitment to provide a service to completion, with the value indicated being subject to market changes. Invoices are also all-important when it comes to managing cash flow, enabling businesses to keep track of their income and expenses. By issuing invoices promptly and accurately, businesses can ensure that payments are received in a timely manner, maintaining a healthy financial flow and avoiding cash flow disruptions. The issuance of an invoice typically follows the delivery of goods or the rendering of services by the seller. It serves as a formal request for payment, outlining the terms and conditions of the transaction, including the payment due date and any applicable discounts or penalties. The buyer is then expected to fulfil their payment obligations in accordance with the specified terms of the commercial invoice, ensuring a smooth and efficient financial exchange between parties. A brief history of invoices Invoices have been used in some form since the days of ancient Mesopotamia, when clay tablets were used to record transactions. The word “invoice” itself comes from the Latin word “invocare,” meaning “to call upon.” The first invoices were used primarily by merchants to record sales and track payments. Over time, invoices became more standardised and were used by businesses of all types. Invoices have evolved significantly over the years, reflecting changes in technology and business practices. Early invoices were handwritten or typewritten and often contained minimal information. However, as businesses grew and became more complex, they became more detailed and standardised. Today, invoices typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the date of the invoice, a description of the goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. In addition to their traditional role as a record of transactions, invoices now serve a variety of other purposes. For example, invoices can be used to: Track sales and manage cash flow Report financial information Comply with tax regulations Facilitate payment processing As businesses continue to evolve, invoices will likely continue to change and adapt to meet new needs. However, the overarching purpose of an invoice – to record a transaction and request payment – will likely remain the same. Functions of invoices Invoices serve several vital functions in the business space. They act as a record of transactions, providing a detailed account of the goods or services provided, the quantities involved, and the agreed-upon prices. They also function as legal documents that enforce payment, outlining the terms and conditions of the sale of goods and services tax specifying the due date for payment. In exceptional cases, such as selling farming products like sugar cane, the buyer determines its value and issues a recipient-created tax invoice based on this determination. Furthering that, invoices serve as a source document for accounting purposes. They provide the necessary information for recording sales, tracking expenses, and calculating taxes. Invoices also play a role in tracking the status of payments, allowing businesses to monitor which invoices have been paid and which are still outstanding. By fulfilling these functions, invoices are key tools for managing cash flow, maintaining accurate financial records, and ensuring timely payments. Effective invoicing practices are needed to ensure the smooth operation of any business. By providing clear and accurate information, invoices facilitate efficient payment processing and help maintain positive relationships with customers. They also contribute to overall financial management by enabling businesses to monitor their financial performance and make informed decisions. Utilising modern invoicing software like LIKE.TG Billing can further streamline the invoicing process, saving time, reducing errors, and enhancing overall efficiency. Different types of invoices, including pro forma invoice There are five main types of invoices that businesses use: sales invoices, credit invoices, debit invoices, progress invoices, and self-billed invoices. Each type of business invoice used has a specific purpose and is used in different situations. Sales invoices are the most common type of invoice and are used to record sales of goods or services. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. Credit invoices are used to correct errors on sales invoices or to provide discounts or refunds to customers. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the reason for the credit, the amount of the credit, and the total amount due after the credit has been applied. Debit invoices are used to charge customers for additional goods or services that were not included in the original sales invoice. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the additional goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. Progress invoices are used to bill customers for work that is in progress. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the work that has been completed, the percentage of the work that has been completed, the total amount due for the work that has been completed, and the total amount due for the entire project. An interim invoice is issued every month to reflect the work done during that period. This is especially useful for long-term projects with a large scope or prolonged engagement period to ensure payment while working to fulfil the terms of the agreement. Interim invoices refer to a series of invoices issued at different stages of a project, based on an agreed-upon payment schedule. Self-billed invoices are used when a buyer agrees to pay a seller for goods or services without receiving a traditional invoice. They typically include information such as the seller’s name and contact information, the buyer’s name and contact information, the invoice number, the date of the invoice, a description of the goods or services provided, the quantity of each item, the price per item, and the total amount due. What to include on an invoice, such as the invoice number When creating an invoice, it’s crucial to include specific information to ensure its validity and clarity. Here are some essential elements that should be included on an invoice: Business Information: Display the name, address, contact information (phone number and email), and logo (if applicable) of your business or organisation prominently at the top of the invoice. This information helps the customer easily identify the sender and contact you if necessary. Customer Information: Include the name, address, and contact information (phone number and email) of the customer or client receiving the invoice. This information ensures the invoice reaches the intended recipient and facilitates communication regarding payment or any queries. Invoice Number: Assign a unique invoice number to each invoice issued. This number helps in tracking and referencing invoices efficiently. Make sure the invoice numbering system is sequential and non-repeating to avoid confusion. Invoice Date: Specify the date the invoice was issued. This date serves as a reference point for payment terms and helps in managing cash flow effectively. Payment Due Date: Clearly state the date by which the payment for the invoice is due. This information is crucial for both the customer and your business, as it ensures timely payments and prevents late payment issues. Description of Goods or Services: Provide a detailed description of the goods or services provided, including quantity, unit price, and any applicable discounts. Be as specific as possible to avoid any confusion or disputes regarding the charges. Total Amount Due: Calculate and display the total amount due per tax invoice, including any applicable taxes, shipping charges, or additional fees. Make sure the calculations are accurate and clearly presented to ensure prompt payment. Payment Terms: Specify the payment terms, such as accepted payment methods (e.g., bank transfer, credit card, check), any early payment discounts, or any applicable late payment fees. Clearly communicate these terms to avoid misunderstandings and encourage timely payments. Contact Information for Inquiries: Provide contact information (phone number, email, or both) for customers to reach out with any questions, concerns, or inquiries regarding the invoice. This fosters open communication and ensures customer satisfaction. By including these essential elements on your electronic invoices, you ensure that all necessary information is conveyed to your customers, facilitating smooth transactions, accurate record-keeping, and efficient cash flow management for your business. Tips for invoicing, including managing recurring invoices Here are some tips for invoicing that can help you get tax invoices paid faster and improve your cash flow: Send invoices to collect payment promptly.The sooner you send an invoice, the sooner you can get paid. Try to send invoices within 24 hours of completing a job or providing a service. Offer early payment discounts.Encourage customers to pay their invoices early by offering a small discount. For a services tax, for example, you could offer a 2% discount for payments made within 10 days. Provide tax invoices with multiple payment options.Make it easy for customers to pay their invoices by offering multiple payment options. This could include accepting credit cards, debit cards, checks, and online payments. Follow up on late payments.If a customer is late on a payment, don’t be afraid to follow up with them. Send a reminder email or make a phone call to let them know that their payment is past due. Keep accurate records of all invoices.It’s important to keep accurate records of all invoices, including the date the final invoice was sent, the date the payment was received, and the amount of the payment. This will help you track your cash flow and ensure that you’re getting paid for all of your work. By following these tips, you can improve your invoicing process and get paid faster. Modern invoicing software with LIKE.TG Billing Modern invoicing software can help you automate your invoicing process, saving you time and money. LIKE.TG Billing is a modern invoicing software that integrates with your other LIKE.TG products. It is easy to use, scalable, and reliable. LIKE.TG Billing offers a variety of features that can help you improve your invoicing process, including: Automatic recurring invoice generation: LIKE.TG Billing can automatically generate invoices for you based on your sales orders and contracts. This saves you the time and hassle of having to create invoices manually. Customisable templates: LIKE.TG Billing allows you to create customisable invoice templates that match your company’s branding. This helps you create professional-looking invoices that impress your customers. Easy invoice payment and processing: LIKE.TG Billing makes it easy for your customers to pay their invoices. They can pay online using a credit card or PayPal, or they can mail in a check. Automatic payment reminders: LIKE.TG Billing can automatically send payment reminders to your customers who have overdue invoices. This helps you get paid faster. Detailed reporting: LIKE.TG Billing provides you with detailed reporting on your invoices. This information can help you track your sales and cash flow, and make informed decisions about your business. If you’re looking for modern invoicing software that can help you automate your invoicing process and save time and money, LIKE.TG Billing is a great option. What you can do with invoice software With invoice software, businesses can automate and streamline the invoicing process, saving them time and money. By automating tasks such as invoice generation, payment tracking, and sending reminders, invoice software can significantly reduce the administrative burden associated with invoicing. Additionally, invoice software can help businesses create professional-looking invoices that enhance their brand image and make a positive impression on customers. Invoice software often includes customisable templates that allow businesses to design invoices that match their unique branding and preferences. These templates can include the business logo, contact information, and other relevant details, ensuring that invoices are consistent and visually appealing. Furthermore, invoice software can generate invoices in various formats, such as PDF, HTML, and Excel, making it convenient for customers to view and save invoices in their preferred format. Invoice software also simplifies the process of tracking and managing payments. With features such as online payment processing and automatic payment reminders, businesses can easily track the status of invoices and receive payments faster. This can significantly improve cash flow and reduce the risk of late payments. Additionally, invoice software can generate detailed reports on invoicing data, providing businesses with valuable insights into their invoicing trends and customer payment behaviour. These reports can help businesses make informed decisions about their invoicing strategies and improve their overall financial management. By leveraging the capabilities of invoice software, businesses can streamline their invoicing processes, enhance their professional image, and improve their cash flow management. With features such as automation, customisable templates, easy payment processing, and detailed reporting, invoice software provides businesses with the tools they need to optimise their invoicing practices and achieve greater success. Advantages of using invoice software Invoice software is a powerful tool that offers a multitude of advantages to businesses, streamlining their invoicing processes and boosting efficiency. Here are some key benefits of incorporating invoice software: 1. Time-Saving Automation: Invoice software automates tedious and repetitive invoicing tasks, saving businesses valuable time. From generating invoices to tracking payments, everything can be done with just a few clicks, freeing up employees to focus on more strategic tasks that drive growth. 2. Error-Free Precision: Invoice software eliminates human errors often associated with manual invoicing. No more worries about incorrect calculations or data entry mistakes. This precision not only enhances the business’s credibility but also prevents disputes and maintains customer satisfaction. 3. Professional Image Enhancement: With the invoice template software, businesses can design and send professional-looking invoices that reflect their brand identity. Customised templates and logos make invoices visually appealing, leaving a positive impression on customers and fostering trust. 4. Simplified Payment Management: Invoice software streamlines the payment process by providing a centralised platform for tracking invoices and payments. Businesses can easily monitor the status of unpaid invoices, send payment reminders, and accept online payments, ensuring a smooth and efficient cash flow. 5. Data-Driven Decision Making: Invoice software generates detailed reports and analytics, providing businesses with valuable insights into their invoicing trends and customer payment behaviour. This data empowers businesses to make informed decisions, identify areas for improvement, and optimise their invoicing strategies for maximum profitability. 6. Enhanced Customer Experience: Invoice software enables businesses to provide a superior customer experience. Customers can easily access and download invoices, view payment history, and contact the business with any queries. This convenience fosters customer satisfaction and loyalty. 7. Scalability and Flexibility: Invoice software is scalable, adapting to the growing needs of businesses. Whether handling a small volume of recurring invoices, or a large number of transactions, invoice software can seamlessly accommodate business growth without compromising efficiency. By embracing invoice software, businesses unlock a world of benefits, transforming their invoicing processes and gaining a competitive edge. From time-saving automation to data-driven decision-making, invoice software empowers businesses to thrive in today’s market.

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					Managerial Accounting – Definition, Objective, Techniques & Limitations
Managerial Accounting – Definition, Objective, Techniques & Limitations
Decision-making holds the key to success within business management. Managerial accounting helps leaders make smart decisions by giving them important financial information. This specialised type of accounting looks closely at a company’s financial data to aid in internal decision-making. Managerial accounting empowers managers with the insights they need to allocate resources effectively, optimise pricing strategies, and navigate the ever-changing business landscape. This article explores the core of managerial accounting, shedding light on its significance, scope, techniques, and limitations, while also highlighting the transformative power of Financial Services CRM with LIKE.TG in revolutionising managerial accounting practices. What is managerial accounting? In business management, managerial accounting is essential for making the best decisions. It turns financial data into useful information, helping managers confidently handle business challenges. Unlike traditional accounting, which focuses on external reporting and compliance, managerial accounting looks into the specifics of an organisation’s financial health. It encompasses the identification, measurement, analysis, interpretation, and communication of financial information that is relevant to internal users, particularly those involved in decision-making, planning, and controlling the organisation’s activities. Managerial accounting helps management understand the company’s financial performance by providing detailed reports, budgets, and cost analyses. It gives them the tools to find areas for improvement and make smart decisions about resource use, pricing, and business operations. It acts like a guide, helping decision-makers achieve profitability and growth. Essentially, managerial accounting is the financial backbone of sound decision-making, providing managers with the knowledge and insights they need to steer their organisations towards success. It is the key that unlocks the door to informed decision-making and sustainable business growth. The importance of managerial accounting Managerial accounting holds a prominent position as a powerful tool that empowers managers to navigate the complexities of financial decision-making. It serves as a beacon, guiding them through the ever-changing landscape of resource allocation and pricing strategies. By providing managers with accurate and timely financial data, managerial accounting enables them to make informed choices that optimise costs, enhance profitability, and contribute to the overall financial well-being of the organisation. Managerial accounting plays a major role in risk management and opportunity identification. Through meticulous analysis of financial information, managers can anticipate potential pitfalls and seize emerging opportunities. This proactive approach allows organisations to stay ahead of the curve, adapting swiftly to market dynamics and maintaining a competitive edge in an environment that changes rapidly. Managerial accounting is also instrumental in facilitating effective planning and budgeting processes. By shedding light on past financial performance and present financial standing, it empowers managers to set realistic and achievable goals for the future. This data-driven approach minimises uncertainties, ensures efficient resource allocation, and aligns the organisation’s strategic objectives with its financial capabilities. Managerial accounting is necessary for good decision-making in a company. It gives managers the information and tools they need to guide the company towards growth, profitability, and long-term success. Using managerial accounting practices is needed for businesses that want to succeed today. The scope of managerial accounting Managerial accounting encompasses a wide range of activities that are essential for effective decision-making within an organisation. These activities include: Cost Accounting: Managerial accountants play a crucial role in identifying, classifying, and allocating costs associated with various products, services, or departments within the organisation. This involves analysing and interpreting cost data to determine the profitability of different products or services, as well as evaluating the efficiency of various operations. Budgeting: Managerial accountants assist in the development and implementation of budgets, which serve as financial roadmaps for the organisation. They analyse historical financial data, industry trends, and market conditions to create realistic and achievable budget targets. Budgeting helps managers allocate resources effectively, control costs, and monitor financial performance. Performance Evaluation: Managerial accountants evaluate the financial performance of the organisation and its various segments by analysing financial statements, ratios, and other relevant metrics. They identify variances between actual results and budgeted targets and investigate the reasons for such deviations. This enables managers to assess the effectiveness of their strategies and make necessary adjustments to improve performance. Decision Making: Managerial accountants provide valuable insights and analysis to support decision-making processes within the organisation. They evaluate the financial implications of various decisions, such as capital investments, product launches, or market expansion. By presenting relevant financial information and conducting cost-benefit analyses, managerial accountants help managers make informed choices that align with the organisation’s strategic objectives. Reporting and Communication: Managerial accountants prepare and communicate financial reports and analyses to various stakeholders within the organisation, including top management, department heads, and investors. These reports provide critical financial information that enables managers to monitor the organisation’s financial health, identify trends, and make informed decisions. The scope of managerial accounting encompasses a diverse range of activities that are essential for effective decision-making, planning, and control within an organisation. Managerial accountants play a vital role in providing accurate and timely financial information, analysing costs, evaluating performance, and supporting management in achieving the organisation’s financial goals and objectives. Managerial accounting techniques Managerial accounting employs various techniques to provide managers with valuable insights and information for decision-making. Here are five key managerial accounting techniques: **Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) Analysis**: CVP analysis examines the relationship between costs, volume of activity, and profits. It helps managers understand how changes in costs and sales volume impact the organisation’s profitability. By analysing the break-even point and the margin of safety, managers can make informed decisions on pricing, production levels, and cost control strategies. **Budgeting**: Budgeting is the process of creating a financial plan for a specific period, usually a year. It involves estimating revenues, expenses, and cash flows. Budgets serve as a roadmap for the organisation’s financial activities and help managers allocate resources effectively, control costs, and stay on track with financial goals. **Standard Costing**: Standard costing assigns predetermined costs to products or services based on historical data and engineering estimates. By comparing actual costs with standard costs, managers can identify variances and investigate the underlying causes. This technique helps control costs, improve efficiency, and set performance targets. **Marginal Costing**: Marginal costing focuses on the incremental costs associated with producing additional units of a product or service. It helps managers understand the impact of changes in production volume on profitability. By comparing the marginal cost with the marginal revenue, managers can make informed decisions on pricing, product mix, and outsourcing. **Activity-Based Costing (ABC)**: ABC is a costing method that assigns costs to products or services based on the activities required to produce them. Unlike traditional costing methods, ABC recognises that not all costs are directly related to production volume. By identifying the cost drivers and allocating costs more accurately, ABC helps managers improve product costing, pricing, and decision-making. These managerial accounting techniques are powerful tools that empower managers to make informed decisions, optimise resource allocation, control costs, and enhance profitability. By leveraging these techniques, organisations can achieve their strategic objectives and gain a competitive advantage in the market. Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis Cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis is a cornerstone technique in managerial accounting that enables organisations to understand the intricate relationships between costs, volume, and profits. This powerful tool provides valuable insights into the impact of various scenarios on an organisation’s profitability, enabling managers to make informed decisions about pricing, production, and marketing strategies. At the heart of CVP analysis lies the concept of the break-even point, a critical threshold where total revenues equal total costs, resulting in zero profit or loss. Calculating the break-even point is essential as it serves as a benchmark against which various scenarios can be evaluated. By analysing the break-even point, managers can determine the minimum sales volume required to cover all costs and achieve profitability. Another key aspect of CVP analysis is the margin of safety, which represents the excess of sales revenue over the break-even point. This concept is vital in assessing the organisation’s ability to withstand fluctuations in sales volume or unexpected cost increases without slipping into losses. A wider margin of safety indicates a more robust financial position and provides a buffer against potential risks. CVP analysis is crucial in the decision-making processes. By simulating different scenarios and analysing their impact on profits, managers can evaluate the effects of pricing changes, variations in production levels, or the introduction of new products or services. This enables them to make informed choices that optimise profitability and align with the organisation’s strategic objectives. CVP analysis empowers managers with the knowledge and insights necessary to navigate the complex business landscape. By understanding the cost-volume-profit relationships, managers can make well-informed decisions that drive growth, profitability, and long-term success for their organisations. Limitations of managerial accounting Despite the numerous benefits of managerial accounting, it is essential to acknowledge its limitations. These limitations should be considered when using managerial accounting information for decision-making purposes. One limitation of managerial accounting is the reliance on estimates and assumptions. Many managerial accounting techniques, such as budgeting and standard costing, require managers to make assumptions about future events. These assumptions may not always be accurate, which can lead to errors in decision-making. For example, if a manager underestimates the cost of a new product, the organisation may end up losing money on the product. Another limitation of managerial accounting is the potential for inaccuracy. Managerial accounting information is often based on data from various sources, such as financial statements, sales reports, and production reports. If any of these data sources are inaccurate, it can lead to errors in managerial accounting information. For example, if a sales report contains incorrect sales figures, the manager may make decisions based on incorrect information about the organisation’s financial performance. Managerial accounting also has a limitation in that it primarily focuses on financial data. While financial data is important, it does not provide a complete picture of an organisation’s performance. Other non-financial factors, such as customer satisfaction, employee morale, and market share, are also important for decision-making. However, managerial accounting often does not provide information about these non-financial factors. To continue, implementing managerial accounting systems can be complex and time-consuming. Organisations need to invest in software, train employees, and develop procedures to collect and analyse data. This can be a significant challenge for small businesses or organisations with limited resources. Lastly, managerial accounting requires specialised knowledge and skills. Accountants and managers need to have a strong understanding of accounting principles and financial analysis techniques to use managerial accounting information effectively. This can be a challenge for organisations that do not have access to qualified accounting professionals. Whilst managerial accounting provides valuable information for decision-making, it is essential to be aware of its limitations. These limitations include the reliance on estimates and assumptions, the potential for inaccuracy, the focus on financial data, the complexity of implementation, and the need for specialised knowledge and skills. Managers should consider these limitations when using managerial accounting information to make the best decisions. Financial Services CRM with LIKE.TG LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a customer relationship management (CRM) platform that is specifically designed for the financial services industry. It provides a comprehensive suite of tools that can help financial institutions enhance customer experiences, increase operational efficiency, and drive revenue growth. One of the key benefits of LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is its ability to provide a 360-degree view of the customer. This means that financial advisors have access to all of the relevant customer information in one place, including account history, contact information, and interactions with the company. This allows advisors to provide more personalised and relevant service to their clients. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud also offers a variety of tools that can help financial institutions automate their processes and improve operational efficiency. For example, the platform can be used to automate tasks such as lead generation, account management, and compliance reporting. This can free up financial advisors to focus on more strategic tasks, such as providing advice to clients and growing their business. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud can help financial institutions drive revenue growth by providing them with tools to identify and track sales opportunities. The platform also offers a variety of marketing tools that can be used to reach new customers and grow the business. Overall, LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a powerful CRM platform that can help financial institutions improve customer experiences, increase operational efficiency, and drive revenue growth. By leveraging the power of LIKE.TG, financial institutions can gain a competitive edge and achieve success in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					Double-Entry Bookkeeping: What It Is and How It Works
Double-Entry Bookkeeping: What It Is and How It Works
Double-entry accounting is a robust bookkeeping method that has stood the test of time. The double-entry accounting method offers business owners and accountants alike a full financial overview by recording every transaction twice – once as a debit and once as a credit. This time-tested record-keeping system provides an unmatched level of accuracy and transparency, making it the gold standard for businesses seeking to maintain impeccable financial records. We’ll look closer into the intricacies of double-entry accounting, exploring its advantages over single-entry accounting, and uncovering its potential drawbacks. Additionally, we will provide a practical example to illustrate how this accounting method works in real-life scenarios. What Is Double-Entry Accounting? Double-entry accounting is a time-honoured bookkeeping system that operates on the principle of recording every financial transaction twice, ensuring that each debit entry or cash account amount is matched with a corresponding credit entry. This meticulous approach provides a holistic view of a company’s financial health, offering business owners and accountants alike a clear and accurate representation of their business and financial standing. Double-entry accounting, also known as double-entry bookkeeping, stands in stark contrast to single-entry accounting, which only records transactions once. This simplified method, while less complex, is prone to errors and omissions, potentially leading to discrepancies and inaccuracies in financial reporting. In contrast, double-entry accounting’s dual recording system acts as an internal control mechanism, ensuring the integrity and reliability of financial data. Additionally, double-entry accounting complies with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which ensures accurate financial reporting. The foundation of double-entry accounting lies in the fundamental accounting equation: Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity. This equation serves as the guiding principle for every transaction recorded in the general ledger. When a transaction occurs, it simultaneously affects at least two accounts, with the debit entry increasing one account and the credit entry increasing another. This balancing act maintains the equilibrium of the accounting equation, ensuring that the financial records remain accurate and consistent. The benefits of double-entry accounting are numerous. It provides an overarching audit trail, allowing accountants and auditors to trace transactions back to their source documentation, enhancing the transparency and accountability of financial records. By capturing both sides of every transaction, double-entry accounting facilitates the preparation of financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. These statements serve as vital tools for decision-making, enabling businesses to assess their financial performance, profitability, and cash flow management. Understanding Double-Entry Accounting In accounting, double-entry accounting is a key method that changed how financial transactions are recorded and analysed. It operates on the fundamental principle that every business transaction always has two inseparable aspects: a debit and a credit. Debits signify an increase in assets or expenses, while credits represent an increase in liabilities, equity, or revenue. Debits increase asset and expense accounts, while credits decrease them. For example, money paid towards a bank loan is recorded as a debit to the expense accounts, and receiving payment for a service provided is recorded as a credit to the revenue account. This meticulous approach ensures that the accounting equation, a sacred balance of Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity, remains perpetually in harmony. Picture this: a company embarks on a transaction, purchasing inventory on credit for a substantial sum of $10,000. In the double-entry accounting realm, this transaction unfolds as a debit of $10,000 to the inventory asset account, reflecting the influx of new goods. Simultaneously, a credit of $10,000 graces the accounts payable liability account, acknowledging the debt incurred. This intricate dance of debits and credits ensures that the company’s total assets rise by $10,000, while its liabilities mirror this increase, preserving the equilibrium of the financial accounting equation. The magic of double-entry accounting is in how it carefully records every financial transaction, tracking all money coming in and going out. It empowers businesses to meticulously track their income and expenses, keeping a watchful eye on their assets and liabilities. Armed with this all-encompassing and more complete financial picture and panorama, decision-makers gain invaluable insights into the company’s overall financial Double-entry accounting serves as the bedrock for crafting essential financial statements: the balance sheet, a snapshot of a company’s financial position; the income statement, a chronicle of its financial performance; and the statement of cash flows, a detailed account of its cash movements. These statements, meticulously crafted using double-entry accounting principles, form the cornerstone of informed decision-making, financial reporting, and regulatory compliance. Essentially, double-entry accounting is the linchpin of modern accounting systems, a method that instils confidence in the accuracy, consistency, and reliability of financial records. Its systematic approach empowers businesses to make better decisions, navigate financial complexities, and meet regulatory obligations, ensuring their continued success in the ever-evolving economic landscape. Types of Business Accounts The intricate system of double-entry accounting encompasses a variety of business accounts, each meticulously designed to capture and categorise financial transactions. These accounts fall into five broad categories: assets, liabilities, equity, income accounts revenue, and expenses. Assets are the resources owned by a business and include tangible assets such as cash, inventory, and equipment, as well as intangible assets like patents and trademarks. Liabilities, on the other hand, represent the financial obligations of a business, including loans, accounts payable, and mortgages. Equity accounts reflect the ownership interest in a business. This includes the initial investment made by the business owners, as well as retained earnings, which in asset accounts are the profits that have been reinvested in the business. Revenue accounts record the income generated by a business from its primary operations, such as sales of goods or services. Expenses and expense accounts, conversely, capture the costs incurred by a business in generating revenue, including salaries, rent, and utilities. The meticulous classification of financial transactions into these distinct accounts allows for the preparation of financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows. These detailed financial statements provide invaluable insights into the financial health of a business, enabling stakeholders to make informed decisions and navigate the ever-changing business landscape. The Double-Entry Accounting System The double-entry accounting system is the backbone of double-entry bookkeeping. This method of recording financial transactions ensures that each transaction is recorded twice, once as a debit and once as a credit. This double-entry bookkeeping system creates a system of checks and balances that ensures the accuracy and integrity of the financial records. In the double-entry accounting system, every transaction affects at least two accounts. When a debit is made to one account, a corresponding credit is made to another account. This ensures that the accounting equation (Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity) is always in balance. For example, let’s say a company purchases $1,000 worth of inventory on credit. The inventory account would be debited for $1,000, and the accounts payable or credit account, would be credited for $1,000. This transaction increases the company’s assets (inventory) and liabilities (accounts payable), while keeping the accounting equation in balance. The double-entry accounting system also provides a clear audit trail for all financial transactions. By tracking each transaction from its origin to its final destination, auditors can easily verify the accuracy of the financial records. This helps to protect businesses from fraud and other financial irregularities. In addition to its accuracy and transparency, the double-entry accounting system also provides valuable insights into a company’s financial performance. By analysing the debits and credits in each account, businesses can identify trends and patterns that can help them make informed decisions about their operations. The double-entry accounting system is a powerful tool that helps businesses manage their finances effectively. By providing accurate, transparent, and insightful financial records, double-entry and accounting software helps businesses make informed decisions and achieve their financial goals. Example of Double-Entry Let’s consider a simple example to illustrate how double-entry accounting works. Suppose a company sells goods worth $1,000 to a customer on credit. In this transaction, the company’s sales revenue increases by $1,000, and its accounts receivable (an asset) also increases by $1,000. To record this transaction in double-entry bookkeeping, the company would make the following journal entries: Debit: Accounts Receivable $1,000 Credit: Sales Revenue $1,000 Now, let’s assume the company purchases inventory worth $500 from a supplier on credit. This transaction results in two entries: an increase in the company’s inventory (an asset) and an increase in its accounts payable (a liability). The journal entries for this transaction would be: Debit: Inventory $500 Credit: Accounts Payable $500 Finally, suppose the company pays $200 in cash to a creditor to a bank loan to settle its accounts payable. This transaction decreases the company’s accounts payable and its cash (an asset). The journal entries for this transaction would be: Debit: Accounts Payable $200 Credit: Cash $200 As you can see from this example, each transaction is recorded twice, once as a debit and once as a credit. This ensures that the credit side of the accounting equation (Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity) remains in balance. What Is the Difference Between Single-Entry Accounting and Double-Entry Accounting? Within bookkeeping, there exists a dichotomy of two accounting entry methods: single-entry bookkeeping and its more intricate counterpart, double-entry accounting. While both serve the purpose of recording financial transactions, they diverge in their approach and complexity. Single-entry bookkeeping, as its name suggests, records each transaction only once. It is a simpler, time-efficient system suitable for small businesses with limited accounting knowledge and resources. This method involves tracking income and expenses without delving into the intricacies of assets, liabilities, and equity. Though straightforward, it lacks the comprehensive nature of its double-entry counterpart. Double-entry accounting, on the other hand, is a meticulous system that records every transaction twice, ensuring a balanced equation of Assets = Liabilities + Owner’s Equity. This method necessitates a deeper understanding of accounting principles and requires more time and effort to maintain. However, its advantages far outweigh its complexities. The double-entry accounting system provides a comprehensive and complete picture of a company’s financial health by meticulously categorising transactions into various accounts. These accounts encompass assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and expenses, each serving a specific purpose in capturing the financial intricacies of a business. The meticulous nature of double-entry accounting extends to the preparation of financial statements. The balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows are all products of this system, offering invaluable insights into a company’s financial performance and position. Stakeholders rely on these statements to make informed decisions and navigate the ever-changing business landscape. In contrast, single-entry accounting falls short in providing such comprehensive information. While it may suffice for basic bookkeeping needs, it lacks the depth and accuracy required for businesses seeking a thorough understanding of their financial health. In essence, double-entry accounting stands as the superior choice for businesses seeking accuracy, transparency, and a comprehensive analysis of their financial performance. Its intricate nature may require more effort, but the benefits it provides are invaluable in the pursuit of financial success and sustainable growth. The Disadvantage of the Double-Entry Accounting System? Double-entry accounting is widely regarded as the gold standard for bookkeeping, but it is not without its drawbacks. One significant disadvantage is its complexity compared to single-entry accounting. Double-entry accounting requires a higher level of accounting knowledge and expertise to implement and manage effectively. This can be a challenge for small businesses or organisations with limited accounting resources. Another disadvantage of double-entry accounting is its time-consuming nature. Recording each transaction twice, along with the need for regular balancing and reconciliation, can be more labour-intensive than single-entry accounting. This can lead to increased operational costs and potential delays in financial reporting. Furthermore, double-entry accounting is more prone to human error due to its intricate nature. Errors in recording transactions or other bookkeeping errors in balancing accounts can have significant impacts on the accuracy and reliability of financial statements. Detecting and correcting these errors can be a time-consuming and challenging process. Finally, the complexity of double-entry accounting can make it more difficult to track down errors and irregularities. This can be particularly problematic in cases of fraud or financial mismanagement. Auditors and investigators may require additional time and effort to untangle complex transactions and identify discrepancies. Despite these disadvantages, double-entry accounting remains the preferred choice for businesses seeking accurate and reliable financial reporting. Its advantages, such as providing a comprehensive view of financial health and ensuring the integrity of financial records, outweigh the challenges associated with its implementation and maintenance. LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM is a cloud-based platform specifically designed to cater to the unique needs of financial institutions. By leveraging the power of LIKE.TG’s cutting-edge technology, this comprehensive suite of tools empowers financial service providers to effectively manage customer relationships, streamline processes, and significantly enhance overall efficiency. One of the key strengths of LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM lies in its robust client management capabilities. This feature enables financial institutions to centralise and organise all relevant customer information, including personal details, financial profiles, and interaction history, in a single, easily accessible platform. This streamlined approach facilitates efficient customer service, allowing financial advisors to gain a comprehensive understanding of their client’s needs and deliver personalised financial solutions. Another notable aspect of LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM is its effective opportunity management module. This module assists financial institutions in identifying, tracking, and managing sales opportunities throughout the entire sales cycle. By providing a structured framework for managing leads, nurturing prospects, and closing deals, this feature empowers financial advisors to optimise their sales efforts and maximise revenue potential. Furthermore, LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM offers advanced reporting capabilities that enable financial institutions to gain valuable insights into their business performance. Through customisable reports and dashboards, financial institutions can analyse key metrics such as sales performance, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency. This data-driven approach supports informed decision-making, allowing financial institutions to identify areas for improvement and implement effective strategies for growth. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s Financial Services CRM, financial institutions can transform their operations and deliver exceptional customer experiences. With its comprehensive suite of tools and powerful functionality, LIKE.TG empowers financial service providers to achieve greater efficiency, enhance customer engagement, and drive business growth in the competitive financial services industry.

					What is Big Data and Why Does it Matter?
What is Big Data and Why Does it Matter?
Today we are constantly generating and consuming vast amounts of data. From social media posts and online transactions to sensor data and scientific research, the volume, variety, and velocity of data are growing exponentially. This phenomenon is known as big data. In this article, we will explore the concept of big data, its origins, and its significance in the modern world. We’ll also look closely into how big data works, provide real-world examples of its applications, and discuss its impact on various industries and sectors. Finally, we will look ahead to the future of big data and its potential to transform our lives and businesses even further. What is big data? There’s an overwhelming influx of data that characterises our daily interactions. This phenomenon, commonly referred to as big data, encompasses a vast and ever-growing collection of information. It extends beyond the traditional structured data found in relational databases to include unstructured data such as social media posts, sensor data, and weblogs. The sheer volume, variety, and velocity of this data present both challenges and opportunities for businesses and organisations. The term “big data” was coined in the early 21st century to describe the exponential growth and complexity of data. Its defining characteristics are often summarised by the three Vs: Volume, Velocity, and Variety. Volume refers to the immense quantity of data generated daily. Velocity pertains to the rapid speed at which this data is produced and processed. Variety encompasses a diverse range of data formats, including structured, unstructured, and semi-structured data. The sources of big data are as varied as the data itself. Social media platforms, e-commerce transactions, sensor networks, and scientific research contribute to this ever-expanding pool of information. The proliferation of smartphones, IoT (Internet of Things) devices, and cloud computing has further accelerated the growth of big data. History of big data The history of big data is relatively short, but it has already had a profound impact on the way we live and work. In the early days of computing, data was scarce and expensive to store. In the early days, raw data was often collected and stored without much processing, making it challenging to derive meaningful insights. As a result, businesses and organisations were forced to be very selective about the data they collected and stored. However, with the advent of cheaper storage and more powerful computers, it became possible to collect and store vast amounts of data. This led to the rise of big data. The term “big data” was first coined in 2005 by Roger Mougalas. Mougalas used the term to describe the massive amounts of data that were being generated by the Internet and other digital sources. He argued that this data could be used to gain valuable insights into human behaviour and to improve decision-making. In the years since Mougalas coined the term, big data has become a major force in business, government, and society. Big data is used to improve customer service, develop new products and services, and make better decisions. It is also used to study human behaviour, track disease outbreaks, and fight crime. The potential of big data is enormous. However, there are also challenges associated with big data. One challenge is the sheer volume of data that is available. This data can be difficult to store, process, and analyse. Another challenge is the privacy of big data. Big data can be used to track people’s movements, habits, and preferences. This information can be used for good, but it can also be used for malicious purposes. Despite the challenges, the potential of big data is too great to ignore. Big data is changing the world, and it is important to understand how it works and how it can be used. Data-driven innovation Data-driven innovation is the process of using big data analytics to analyse data and derive insights for informed decision-making. This can help organisations improve efficiency and productivity, develop new products and services, and improve customer service. Data scientists and analysts play a crucial role in analysing data to uncover trends and patterns that can drive business decisions. One example of data-driven innovation is the use of big data analytics to improve customer service. By analysing customer data, businesses can identify trends and patterns in customer behaviour. This information can then be used to develop targeted marketing campaigns, improve customer service strategies, and develop new products and services that meet the needs of customers. Another example of data-driven innovation is the use of big data analytics to improve healthcare. By analysing patient data, healthcare providers can identify trends and patterns in patient health. This information can then be used to develop personalised treatment plans, improve patient outcomes, and reduce healthcare costs. The potential of data-driven innovation is enormous. By harnessing the power of big data, businesses and organisations can improve their operations, develop new products and services, and make better decisions. However, there are also challenges associated with data-driven innovation. One challenge is the sheer volume of data that is available. Another challenge is the privacy of big data. Businesses and organisations need to be careful about how they collect, store, and use big data. They need to make sure that they are protecting the privacy of their customers and employees. Despite the challenges, data-driven innovation is a powerful tool that can help businesses and organisations improve their operations and make better decisions. By harnessing the power of big data, businesses and organisations can gain a competitive advantage and achieve success. How Big Data Works with Structured and Unstructured Data In order to understand big data, it’s important to know how it works. A data lake is often used to store unstructured big data, allowing for flexible data management and quick access. The big data process can be broken down into five key steps: data collection, data storage, data processing, data analysis, and data visualisation. The first step in the big data process is data collection. This involves gathering data from a variety of sources, such as sensors, social media, and customer transactions. Once the data has been collected, it needs to be stored in a way that makes it easy to access and analyse. This is where data storage comes in. The next step is data processing. This involves cleaning and preparing the data to ensure data quality, which may include removing duplicate data and correcting errors. This may involve removing duplicate data, correcting errors, and converting the data into a format that is compatible with the analysis tools that will be used. Once the data has been processed, it can be analysed to identify patterns and trends. This involves using statistical and machine-learning techniques to identify patterns and trends in the data. This information can then be used to make informed decisions about everything from product development to marketing strategies. The final step in the big data process is data visualisation. This involves presenting the results of the data analysis in a way that is easy to understand. This may involve creating charts, graphs, and other visual representations of the data. Big data examples Big data is being used by businesses across a wide range of industries to improve their operations and deliver better customer experiences. Here are a few examples: Retail: Big data is used by retailers to track customer purchases, analyse customer behaviour, and develop targeted marketing campaigns. Retailers use big data analysis to uncover customer preferences and optimise inventory management. This information can be used to improve the shopping experience, increase sales, and reduce costs. Healthcare: Big data is used by healthcare providers to improve patient care, reduce costs, and develop new treatments. Healthcare providers, as business users, leverage big data to enhance patient care and operational efficiency. This information can be used to identify patients at risk for certain diseases, develop personalised treatment plans, and track the effectiveness of treatments. Finance: Big data is used by financial institutions to detect fraud, assess risk, and develop new financial products. This information can be used to protect customers from financial crime, improve the efficiency of financial transactions, and develop new investment opportunities. Transportation: Big data is used by transportation companies to improve logistics, reduce costs, and improve safety. Big data helps transportation companies in resource management by optimising routes and reducing fuel consumption. This information can be used to optimise shipping routes, track the location of vehicles, and predict traffic patterns. Manufacturing: Big data is used by manufacturers to improve quality control, reduce costs, and develop new products. This information can be used to identify defects in products, optimise production processes, and develop new products that meet the needs of customers. These are just a few examples of how big data is being used by businesses to improve their operations and deliver better customer experiences. As the volume, velocity, and variety of data continue to grow, we can expect to see even more innovative and groundbreaking uses of big data in the years to come. Big Data Technologies in Today’s World Big data has become an integral part of our daily lives and has revolutionised the way we interact with technology, businesses, and information. In today’s world, the amount of data created every day is simply mind-boggling. According to recent estimates, the global data creation is a staggering 2.5 quintillion bytes of data every single day, and this number is only expected to grow exponentially in the years to come. The impact of big data can be seen across various industries and sectors. For instance, in the healthcare sector, big data is used to improve patient care, reduce costs, and develop new treatments. By analysing vast amounts of patient data, healthcare providers can identify trends and patterns, leading to more personalised treatment plans and better patient outcomes. Similarly, in the financial industry, big data plays a crucial role in detecting fraud, assessing risk, and developing innovative financial products. The retail industry also leverages big data to enhance customer experiences and drive sales. By tracking customer purchases, analysing customer behaviour, and developing targeted marketing campaigns, retailers can gain valuable insights into consumer preferences and provide more personalised services. Big data also plays a significant role in the manufacturing industry, where it is used to improve quality control, reduce costs, and develop new products. Furthermore, the entertainment industry has embraced big data to create more engaging and personalised experiences for consumers. By analysing user data, content providers can tailor recommendations, improve streaming quality, and develop new content that resonates with their audience. The growth of the Internet of Things (IoT) has further amplified the significance of big data. With billions of devices connected to the internet, from smartphones and smartwatches to industrial sensors and home appliances, the volume of data generated is immense. This data holds valuable insights into consumer behaviour, operational efficiency, and asset tracking, enabling businesses to make informed decisions and optimise their operations. The world of big data continues to evolve rapidly, presenting both opportunities and challenges for businesses and organisations. Harnessing the power of big data effectively requires robust data management strategies, advanced analytics capabilities, and a commitment to data privacy and security. By embracing big data and leveraging its potential, businesses can gain a competitive edge, drive innovation, and transform their operations. Future of Big Data and Machine Learning The future of big data is bright. As the amount of data in the world continues to grow, so too will the need for tools and technologies to process and analyse it. This growth will create new opportunities for businesses and organisations of all sizes to use big data to improve their operations, develop new products and services, and make better decisions. One of the most important developments in the future of big data will be the continued growth of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). These technologies are already being used to automate many of the tasks associated with big data processing and analysis, and they will become even more powerful in the years to come. As AI and ML become more sophisticated, they will be able to identify patterns and trends in data that are invisible to the human eye. This will allow businesses and organisations to make even better decisions and to develop new products and services that are tailored to the needs of their customers. Another important development in the future of big data will be the increasing use of data visualisation tools. These tools make it possible to present big data in a way that is easy to understand and interpret. This will allow businesses and organisations to communicate the results of their big data analyses to their stakeholders in a way that is clear and concise. Finally, the future of big data will also see an increasing focus on data privacy and security. As more and more data is collected and stored, it is important to ensure that it is protected from unauthorised access and use. Businesses and organisations will need to invest in data security measures to protect their data from cyberattacks and other threats. The future of big data is full of potential. As the amount of data in the world continues to grow, so too will the opportunities for businesses and organisations to use it to improve their operations, develop new products and services, and make better decisions.

					What are Wealth Management Services?
What are Wealth Management Services?
In personal finance, the concept of wealth management often arises as a crucial aspect of securing financial stability and achieving long-term goals. It encompasses a comprehensive range of advisory services tailored to individuals and families, aiming to effectively manage and grow their financial resources. We’ll look into the intricacies of wealth management, exploring its diverse services, advantages, and strategies employed by wealth managers to help clients navigate the complexities of financial planning, investment management, and estate planning. From understanding the types of wealth management services available to gaining insights into the selection process of a wealth manager, this overarching guide provides valuable information to empower individuals in making informed decisions about their financial wellbeing. What is wealth management? Wealth management services are meticulously tailored to each client’s unique circumstances and aspirations. Investment management lies at the core of this service, where experts strategically allocate financial assets to optimise returns while mitigating risks. Through careful portfolio construction and ongoing market monitoring, wealth managers ensure that investment strategies remain aligned with evolving financial goals. Financial planning looks into the intricacies of an individual’s financial life, encompassing cash flow analysis, debt management, education planning, retirement planning, and insurance planning. This approach ensures that every financial situation and aspect is meticulously considered and optimally managed, creating a roadmap towards financial stability and prosperity. Estate planning, an essential component of wealth management, focuses on preserving and distributing an individual’s assets during their lifetime and beyond. Through the creation of wills, trusts, and other legal instruments, wealth managers ensure that an individual’s wishes are meticulously documented and executed, safeguarding the financial wellbeing of their loved ones and preserving their legacy for generations to come. Wealth management is an invaluable service for individuals and families seeking to cultivate, preserve, and grow their financial resources. By partnering with experienced wealth managers, clients gain access to personalised financial strategies, expert guidance, specialist advice, and unmatched proficiency in navigating the complexities of financial planning, investment management, and estate planning. This collaborative endeavour empowers individuals to confidently pursue their financial aspirations, ensuring a secure financial foundation for themselves and their loved ones. Types of wealth management services Wealth management services provide a thorough array of financial solutions designed to cater to the unique needs and aspirations of individuals and families. These services encompass four primary domains: financial planning, investment management, estate planning, and tax planning. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) plays a crucial role in overseeing professional standards and credentials in wealth management. Financial planning is essential in wealth management as it offers a structured approach to achieving financial objectives. It entails a thorough assessment of an individual’s current financial standing, identification of short-term and long-term goals, and the formulation of a customised roadmap to realise those aspirations. This financial planner also encompasses budgeting strategies, debt management, retirement planning, education funding, and risk mitigation strategies. Investment management plays a pivotal role in wealth management, focusing on the strategic allocation and management of assets to foster wealth growth. Wealth managers construct diversified investment portfolios tailored to each client’s risk tolerance, investment horizon, and financial goals. They exercise constant vigilance over market dynamics, making judicious adjustments to the portfolio to optimise returns while minimising potential risks. Estate planning is an essential component of wealth management, ensuring the orderly transfer of assets during a client’s lifetime and beyond. It involves the creation of legal instruments, such as wills, trusts, and powers of attorney, to delineate the distribution and management of assets. Estate planning also addresses crucial matters like minimising estate taxes, preserving family wealth, and safeguarding the financial security of heirs. Tax planning is an integral aspect of wealth management, aimed at minimising tax liabilities and maximising after-tax income. Wealth managers meticulously analyse clients’ tax situations and devise strategies to optimise tax efficiency. This may involve leveraging tax-advantaged investment vehicles, maximising deductions and credits, and anticipating the potential tax implications of various financial transactions. By seamlessly integrating these services, wealth managers empower clients with a holistic approach to managing their financial resources and achieving their long-term financial aspirations. They serve as trusted advisors, providing personalised guidance, profound expertise, and unwavering support assisting clients to navigate the complexities of wealth management and make informed financial decisions. Advantages of wealth management Wealth management offers a range of advantages that can significantly benefit individuals and families seeking to achieve their financial goals. Firstly, a wealth management team provides clients with personalised financial advice tailored to their unique circumstances and aspirations. Through extensive financial planning, wealth managers assess clients’ financial situations, identify their goals, and develop customised strategies to help them achieve those goals. This personalised approach ensures that clients receive guidance that is aligned with their specific needs and priorities. Secondly, wealth management services provide clients with access to professional expertise and knowledge in managing complex financial matters. Wealth managers possess extensive knowledge of financial markets, investment strategies, and tax regulations, enabling them to make informed decisions on behalf of their clients. This expertise is particularly valuable for individuals who may lack the time, knowledge, or experience to effectively manage their own finances. Thirdly, wealth management offers clients peace of mind and financial security. By entrusting their financial affairs to experienced wealth managers, individuals and families can alleviate the stress and anxiety associated with managing their finances. Wealth managers continuously monitor clients’ portfolios, ensuring that they remain aligned with their financial goals and risk tolerance. This ongoing monitoring and management provide clients with the assurance that their financial future is in capable hands. Fourthly, wealth management services can help clients achieve greater financial efficiency and optimisation. Wealth managers employ sophisticated financial planning techniques and strategies to maximise clients’ returns while minimising risks. They also assist clients in optimising their tax liabilities, ensuring that they retain more of their hard-earned income. This financial efficiency can significantly contribute to clients’ overall financial wellbeing and long-term financial success. In conclusion, wealth management offers a multitude of advantages for individuals and families seeking to achieve their financial goals. Through personalised advice, professional expertise, peace of mind, and financial efficiency, wealth management services provide clients with the support and guidance needed to navigate the complex world of finance and secure their financial future. How to choose a wealth manager When selecting a wealth manager, it’s crucial to consider several key factors to ensure you find a professional who aligns with your financial needs and goals. One important aspect to consider is the wealth manager’s fiduciary status. A fiduciary is legally obligated to act in the best interests of their clients, prioritising their financial wellbeing above all else. This level of trust and responsibility is essential when entrusting your financial future to a wealth manager. Experience and qualifications are also vital factors to evaluate. Look for a wealth manager with a proven track record of success in managing and growing wealth. Consider their educational background, professional certifications, and years of experience in the financial industry. A wealth manager with a strong track record and relevant qualifications can provide valuable insights and strategies to help you achieve your financial objectives. Another important consideration is the wealth manager’s investment philosophy and risk tolerance. Understand their approach to investing and managing risk, and ensure it aligns with your own financial goals and risk appetite. A wealth manager or financial advisor who shares your investment philosophy and understands your risk tolerance can tailor their strategies accordingly, maximising the potential for success. Fees are another crucial aspect to consider when choosing a wealth manager. Be clear about the fee structure and ensure you understand all associated costs, including management fees, performance fees, and any additional expenses. Transparent fee structures and reasonable rates are essential to ensure your wealth manager’s interests are aligned with yours. Finally, don’t underestimate the value of references and recommendations. Seek referrals from friends, family, or business associates who have worked with wealth managers in the past. Personal recommendations can provide valuable insights into the wealth manager’s professionalism, expertise, and client service. By carefully considering these factors, you can select a wealth manager who possesses the experience, qualifications, and values to effectively guide you towards achieving your financial aspirations. Wealth management fees and costs Wealth management services typically come with associated fees and costs that vary depending on the complexity of the financial plan, the level of service provided, and the wealth manager’s experience and qualifications. It is crucial for individuals and families to understand these fees and costs before selecting a wealth manager to ensure that they are making an informed decision. Common types of fees charged by wealth managers include: Advisory fees: These fees are typically based on a percentage of assets under management (AUM) and cover the ongoing investment advice, and management provided by the wealth manager. The percentage can vary depending on the size of the portfolio and the services included. Transaction fees: These fees are charged each time a trade is executed on behalf of the client. They may include commissions, bid-ask spreads, and other related costs. Custodian fees: These fees are an advisory fee charged by the financial institution that holds the client’s assets in custody. They cover the costs of safeguarding and administering the assets. Performance fees: Some wealth managers charge performance fees based on the investment returns achieved. These fees are typically structured as a percentage of the profits generated above a predetermined benchmark. Hourly fees: In some cases, private wealth managers may charge an hourly fee for specific services, such as financial planning or estate planning. It is important to note that fees and costs can vary significantly between wealth managers, so it is essential to compare and understand the fee structures before making a decision. Some wealth managers may offer bundled services that include a combination of fees, while others may charge separately for each service. Additionally, some wealth managers may require a minimum investment amount or a minimum annual fee, which can limit accessibility for individuals with smaller portfolios. It is advisable to seek clarification on all fees and costs, including any potential hidden charges, before committing to a wealth management service. Examples of wealth management Wealth managers provide a wide range of services to help clients manage their wealth effectively. Some common examples of wealth and asset management and services include: Creating and maintaining an investment portfolio: Wealth managers can help clients build diversified investment portfolios that align with their risk tolerance, investment goals, and time horizon. They can also provide ongoing monitoring and management of the portfolio to ensure it remains aligned with the client’s objectives. Developing strategies for tax-efficient investing: Wealth managers can help clients develop strategies to minimise their tax liability and maximise their after-tax returns. This may involve utilising tax-advantaged investment vehicles, such as retirement accounts and tax-efficient mutual funds, as well as implementing tax-loss harvesting strategies. Providing advice on estate planning: Wealth managers can help clients create estate plans that ensure their assets are distributed according to their wishes and that their loved ones are financially secure. This may involve drafting wills, trusts, and powers of attorney, as well as providing guidance on issues such as probate and estate taxes. Offering guidance on charitable giving: Wealth managers can help clients develop charitable giving strategies that align with their philanthropic goals and maximise their tax benefits. This may involve establishing donor-advised funds, charitable trusts, or private foundations, as well as providing guidance and tax advice on selecting charities and structuring gifts. Assisting with business succession planning: Wealth managers and financial advisers can help business owners develop plans for the orderly transfer of their business to the next generation or to other owners. This may involve developing buy-sell agreements, creating family-limited partnerships, or implementing other succession planning strategies. Wealth managers can also provide guidance on specialised areas of wealth management, such as retirement planning, education funding, and insurance planning. By working with a qualified wealth manager, individuals and families can gain access to the expertise and resources they need to achieve their financial goals and secure their financial future. Strategies of a Wealth Manager Within wealth management, meticulous strategies are implemented to assist clients in accomplishing their financial aspirations. Diversification stands as a central strategy, aiming to disperse investments across asset classes, industries, and geographic boundaries. This prudent approach to investment strategy seeks to mitigate the impact of market fluctuations, paving the way for sustained long-term growth. Risk management plays an equally important role, with wealth managers meticulously assessing clients’ risk tolerance and crafting personalised investment strategies aligned with their comfort levels. This may entail employing stop-loss orders, strategic hedging, or incorporating alternative investments like real estate or commodities to fortify against potential losses. Regular vigilance and proactive adjustments ensure that clients’ portfolios remain harmonised with their risk preferences. Rebalancing emerges as another essential strategy, ensuring that asset allocation remains optimal amidst dynamic market conditions. As investments traverse through varying performance cycles, periodic adjustments are made to restore the portfolio’s balance, aligning it with the target allocation. This prudent approach not only mitigates risk but also seizes emerging growth opportunities. Tax efficiency holds a prominent position in wealth management, with strategies designed to minimise clients’ tax liabilities. Wealth managers leverage techniques such as tax-loss harvesting, judicious investment placement, and leveraging tax-advantaged accounts. By optimising tax efficiency, clients are empowered to maximise their after-tax returns and preserve a greater portion of their wealth. Estate planning constitutes an integral component of wealth management, ensuring that clients’ wealth is transferred to heirs in a tax-efficient manner and their wishes are honoured after their passing. This includes crafting trusts, wills, and other legal instruments, as well as collaborating with estate attorneys and other professionals. Through comprehensive estate planning, clients can safeguard their legacies and provide for their loved ones. These strategies coalesce to form a holistic framework for wealth management, encompassing financial guidance, risk management, and future security. Wealth managers serve as trusted financial advisors throughout, diligently guiding clients toward the realisation of their financial goals and securing their financial wellbeing.

					What does asynchronous mean?
What does asynchronous mean?
Asynchronous communication is quickly becoming the new normal in the digital age. This type of communication allows for more flexibility and convenience, as participants can send and receive messages at their own convenience. It also fosters deeper and more thoughtful responses, as participants have time to reflect and compose their messages. In this article, we will explore the concept of asynchronous communication, its benefits, and how it is used in telecommunication, computer programming, and workplace communication. We will also provide some examples of asynchronous communication and compare it to synchronous communication. Finally, we will discuss how LIKE.TG can help you with the term asynchronous communication. What is asynchronous communication? Asynchronous communication is a mode of digital communication, in which the sender and receiver are not engaged in simultaneous, real-time interaction. Unlike synchronous communication, such as phone calls or face-to-face conversations, asynchronous communication does not require the immediate presence or availability of both parties. In an asynchronous form of communication, the sender can transmit a message without expecting an immediate response from the recipient. This allows for greater flexibility and convenience, as participants can engage in communication at their own convenience, regardless of their location or schedule. Asynchronous communication can take place through various channels, including email, text messaging, instant messaging, social media, and online forums. In contrast, other forms of real-time communication, like texting, e-mail, and Twitter, require immediate or near-immediate responses. One significant advantage of asynchronous communication is the opportunity it provides for more thoughtful and well-crafted responses. Since participants have time to reflect on their messages before sending them, asynchronous communication often leads to more detailed and insightful conversations. It allows individuals to express their thoughts and ideas more clearly and comprehensively, fostering deeper and more meaningful discussions. Furthermore, asynchronous communication can enhance productivity by enabling individuals to multitask and prioritise their tasks. It allows them to engage in multiple conversations simultaneously without the pressure of immediate response, leading to more efficient use of time and resources. However, it’s important to acknowledge the potential drawbacks associated with asynchronous communication. The lack of immediate feedback can sometimes lead to misunderstandings or delays in resolving issues. Additionally, the absence of non-verbal cues, such as body language and tone of voice, can make it challenging to convey emotions and intentions accurately. Overall, asynchronous communication offers a flexible and convenient alternative to synchronous communication, allowing for more thoughtful and in-depth interactions. While it may have certain limitations, asynchronous communication remains a valuable tool in today’s fast-paced digital landscape, facilitating effective collaboration and knowledge sharing among individuals and teams. Benefits of asynchronous communication Asynchronous communication offers a host of advantages over synchronous communication, making it a valuable tool for businesses and individuals alike. Improved productivity Asynchronous communication allows employees to work at their own pace and on their own time, which can lead to increased productivity. Employees are not constrained by the need to be available for real-time conversations and can instead focus on completing tasks without distractions. This flexibility can be especially beneficial for employees who have other commitments, such as caregiving or remote work. Greater flexibility Asynchronous communication offers greater flexibility than synchronous communication, as it allows employees to communicate from any location and at any time, on their own schedule. This can be a major advantage for businesses with employees who work remotely or travel frequently. Asynchronous communication also makes it easier for employees to collaborate with colleagues in different time zones or countries. Increased inclusivity Asynchronous communication can make the workplace more inclusive for employees with disabilities or who are neurodivergent. For example, employees with social anxiety or autism may find it easier to communicate via text or email than in person or over the phone. Asynchronous communication can also level the playing field for employees who are not native speakers of the majority language in the workplace. Deeper and more thoughtful responses Asynchronous communication allows participants to take their time and craft thoughtful, well-considered responses. This can lead to deeper and more meaningful conversations, as participants have the opportunity to reflect on their thoughts and feelings before responding. Asynchronous communication can also be beneficial for resolving conflicts, as it allows participants to avoid getting caught up in the heat of the moment. Asynchronous in telecommunication Within telecommunication, asynchronous communication refers to the exchange of information between devices or systems without the requirement for real-time interaction. Unlike synchronous communication, where participants engage in a continuous, back-and-forth exchange, asynchronous communication allows for a more flexible and time-independent exchange of messages. A typical example of asynchronous communication in telecommunication is the exchange of text messages or emails. In this scenario, the sender composes and sends a message, and the recipient retrieves and reads it at their convenience. In contrast, video conferencing is a synchronous communication method where events need to happen in order and over a fixed span of time, unlike asynchronous methods where events can happen at irregular intervals and recipients can respond at their convenience. There is no need for both parties to be available simultaneously, providing greater flexibility in communication. Asynchronous communication also finds applications in various telecommunication technologies and services. For instance, voicemail systems allow callers to leave recorded messages for the intended recipients to retrieve and listen to later. Similarly, fax machines enable the transmission of documents without requiring the sender and receiver to be online simultaneously. One key advantage of asynchronous communication in telecommunication is its ability to transcend geographical boundaries and time zones. It enables seamless communication between individuals or entities located in different parts of the world, regardless of their respective time zones. This flexibility makes asynchronous communication particularly suitable for global business operations and remote collaboration. However, it’s important to acknowledge certain drawbacks associated with asynchronous communication in telecommunication. The absence of real-time client interaction can sometimes lead to delays in resolving urgent matters or addressing time-sensitive issues. Additionally, the lack of immediate feedback or response can hinder effective problem-solving or decision-making processes. Despite these limitations, asynchronous communication remains a valuable tool in the telecommunication landscape, offering convenience, flexibility, and the ability to bridge geographical distances. It complements synchronous communication methods by providing an alternative means of interaction that suits various communication needs and preferences. Asynchronous in computer programming Asynchronous programming is a paradigm that allows different parts of a computer program to run concurrently. In traditional synchronous programming, each statement is executed in sequence, and the next statement cannot start until the current statement has finished executing. This can lead to inefficiencies, especially when dealing with long-running tasks or when multiple tasks need to be coordinated and performed simultaneously. Asynchronous programming overcomes these limitations by allowing multiple tasks to execute concurrently. This is achieved by using a technique called “event-driven programming,” which involves setting up event handlers that are triggered when certain events occur. For example, if a user clicks a button on a web page, an event handler can be triggered to handle the click event and perform the necessary actions. Asynchronous programming can significantly improve the performance and responsiveness of computer programs, especially when dealing with user interfaces, network communication, and other I/O-intensive tasks. It also allows for more efficient use of resources, as multiple tasks can be executed concurrently without having to wait for each other to complete. Some popular examples of asynchronous programming languages include JavaScript, Python, and Ruby. These languages provide built-in support for event-driven programming and offer various libraries and frameworks that facilitate asynchronous programming. Overall, asynchronous programming is a powerful paradigm that enables efficient and responsive computer programs by allowing multiple tasks to execute concurrently. It is widely used in various applications, including web development, mobile development, and real-time systems. Asynchronous in workplace communication Asynchronous work is a valuable tool for workplace communication. It can enable employees to work flexibly, collaborate more effectively, reduce stress and burnout, and improve communication between employees and managers. One of the key benefits of asynchronous communication is that it allows employees to work on their own schedules. This can be especially beneficial for employees who have other commitments, such as family or school, or who simply prefer to work at their own pace. Asynchronous communication also allows employees to collaborate more effectively, as they can easily share ideas and documents with each other without having to be in the same place at the same time. This can be especially helpful for teams that are spread across different locations or time zones. In addition, asynchronous communication can help to reduce stress and burnout in the workplace. When employees are not constantly interrupted by phone calls or emails, they can focus better on their work and take breaks when they need them. This can help to improve employee morale and productivity. Finally, asynchronous communication can improve communication between employees and managers. When managers are not able to communicate with their employees in real-time, they have more time to think about their responses and provide more thoughtful feedback. This can help to build trust and rapport between managers and employees. Of course, asynchronous communication also has some drawbacks. One potential drawback is that it can be difficult to resolve urgent matters or address time-sensitive issues. Additionally, asynchronous communication can sometimes lead to misunderstandings or miscommunications, as employees may not be able to clarify their words or meaning in real-time. However, overall, asynchronous communication can be a valuable tool for workplace communication when used effectively. Asynchronous examples Examples of asynchronous communication include sending an email, posting on a message board, leaving a voicemail, sending a text message, and using Slack or Microsoft Teams. Email is one of the most common forms of asynchronous communication. It allows you to send messages to others at any time, and they can read and respond to them at their convenience. Email is a good way to communicate when you need to share a lot of information or when you want to get feedback from others. Message boards are another popular form of asynchronous communication. They allow users to post messages and questions on a public forum, and others can read and respond to them. Message boards are a good way to get help from others or to share information with a large group of people. Voicemail is a good way to communicate when you need to leave a message for someone who is not available to answer the phone. Voicemail messages can be listened to at the recipient’s convenience. Text messaging is a popular form of asynchronous communication that allows short messages to be sent to others. Text messages are a good way to stay in touch with friends and family or to communicate with co-workers about work-related matters. Slack and Microsoft Teams are two popular collaboration tools that allow teams to communicate asynchronously. These tools allow users to send messages, share files, and collaborate on projects. Slack and Microsoft Teams are good ways to stay connected with your team and get work done. Asynchronous communication can be a valuable tool for workplace communication. It can enable employees to work flexibly, collaborate more effectively, reduce stress and burnout, and improve communication between employees and managers. By using asynchronous communication tools, you can improve the productivity and efficiency of your team. Asynchronous workflows are particularly beneficial for remote teams, as they allow for seamless collaboration across different time zones and locations, transforming parts of the creative process into an asynchronous one. Asynchronous vs. synchronous Asynchronous communication is a type of communication in which the sender and receiver are not engaged in real-time communication. It can take place over a variety of channels, including email, text messaging, and social media. Asynchronous communication allows for more flexibility and convenience in communication, as participants can send and receive messages at their own convenience. It can also foster deeper and more thoughtful responses, as participants have time to reflect and compose their messages. In the context of online education, asynchronous learning offers similar flexibility, allowing students to access instructional materials and complete tasks at their chosen time within a designated time frame. This contrasts with synchronous learning, where students attend class sessions at specific times, engaging in live instruction and participating in real-time discussions and activities. Online classes can be either asynchronous or synchronous, each with its own set of benefits. Asynchronous online classes provide flexibility and the opportunity for immediate feedback, while synchronous online classes offer real-time engagement and interaction. In a virtual setting, synchronous learning takes place in a digital space where students and instructors interact in real-time, akin to a physical classroom setting. In contrast, synchronous communication requires both communicating parties to be available at the same time. This type of communication is often used for meetings, phone calls, and video chats. Synchronous communication can be more efficient for time-sensitive matters, as participants can interact and respond to each other immediately. However, it can also be more disruptive, as participants may need to interrupt their other activities to attend to the communication. The choice between asynchronous and synchronous communication depends on several factors, including the urgency of the matter, the complexity of the information being communicated, and the preferences of the participants. For example, if a message is time-sensitive or requires immediate feedback, synchronous communication may be more appropriate. On the other hand, if the message is not urgent and allows for more thoughtful consideration, asynchronous communication may be a better option. Asynchronous communication can also be more convenient for participants who are in different time zones or have different work schedules. It allows participants to communicate on their own time, without the need to coordinate schedules. Additionally, asynchronous communication can be more accessible for individuals with disabilities or who prefer written communication. Overall, asynchronous and synchronous communication have their own advantages and disadvantages, and the best choice depends on the specific operating situation and preferences of the participants. How LIKE.TG can help you with Asynchronous communication LIKE.TG provides a comprehensive set of tools and services to facilitate asynchronous communication, enabling businesses to enhance their communication efficiency and productivity. These tools include: Asynchronous Programming: LIKE.TG offers robust support for asynchronous programming, allowing developers to create applications that can process tasks and operations in the background without hindering the user interface. This enhances application performance and responsiveness, particularly for complex and data-intensive tasks. Messaging Services: LIKE.TG provides a range of messaging services that enable asynchronous communication between users, customers, and applications. These services include email, chat, and SMS messaging, allowing for seamless and convenient communication. APIs for Asynchronous Communication: LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive set of APIs that enable developers to integrate asynchronous communication into their custom applications. These APIs include the Messaging API, which facilitates the sending and receiving of messages, and the Streaming API, which enables real-time updates and notifications. Workflow Automation: LIKE.TG’s workflow automation capabilities allow businesses to automate repetitive and time-consuming tasks, such as sending follow-up emails or generating reports. This automation enhances efficiency and frees up employees to focus on more strategic and value-added activities. By leveraging these tools and services, LIKE.TG empowers businesses to embrace asynchronous communication, fostering collaboration, productivity, and customer engagement while optimising resource utilisation and reducing costs.

					Gross Profit Margin: Formula and What It Tells You
Gross Profit Margin: Formula and What It Tells You
Gross profit margin (GPM) is a key financial metric that measures a company’s profitability. It represents the percentage of net revenue made that exceeds the cost of goods sold (COGS). GPM provides valuable insights into a company’s operational efficiency and pricing strategies. This blog post takes a closer look into the intricacies of gross profit margin, exploring its formula, calculation, and interpretation. We will also explain how to calculate gross margin, determine the percentage of gross profit in relation to revenue, and its significance for assessing a company’s financial performance. We will also analyse the significance of GPM in evaluating a company’s financial performance and discuss effective strategies to improve it. By understanding gross profit margin, businesses can make informed decisions to optimise their profitability and drive sustainable growth. What is the Gross Profit Margin? Understanding Gross Profit Margin: A Key Indicator of Profitability Gross profit margin (GPM) is a key financial metric that provides insights into a company’s profitability and operational efficiency. It measures the percentage of revenue that exceeds the cost of goods sold (COGS). In simpler terms, GPM reveals how much profit a company generates for each dollar of revenue after deducting the direct costs associated with producing or purchasing its goods. The formula for calculating GPM is straightforward: GPM = (Revenue – COGS) / Revenue Expressed as a percentage, the gross margin percentage offers a clear picture of a company’s ability to generate profit from its sales. A higher GPM indicates that the company is effectively managing its production costs and pricing strategies, allowing it to retain a larger portion of its revenue as profit. Conversely, a lower GPM suggests that the company may be facing challenges in controlling costs or setting competitive prices. GPM serves as a valuable tool for businesses to assess their financial performance and make informed decisions. It enables companies to compare their profitability against industry benchmarks, identify areas for cost optimisation, and evaluate the effectiveness of their pricing strategies. By closely monitoring and analysing GPM, businesses can gain actionable insights to drive profitability and sustainable growth. Gross Profit vs. Gross Profit Margin Gross profit and gross profit margin are two closely related but distinct financial metrics. Gross profit represents the total amount of money a company has left after deducting the direct costs associated with producing its goods or services, while gross profit margin expresses this amount as a percentage of total revenue. To calculate gross profit, you simply subtract the cost of goods sold (COGS) from the revenue generated by sales. COGS includes expenses such as raw materials, direct labour, and manufacturing overhead. The resulting figure is the gross profit, which represents the amount of money the company has left to cover other expenses, such as operating costs, interest payments, and taxes. However, gross profit margin is calculated by dividing gross profit by total revenue and multiplying the result by 100. This calculation expresses the gross profit as a percentage of the total sales revenue, allowing for easy comparison between companies and industries. A higher gross profit margin indicates that the company is more efficient at managing its production costs and is able to generate more profit for each dollar of revenue. The perception of a good gross profit margin depends heavily on the industry; for example, a 40% margin might be excellent in retail but considered low in the software industry. Understanding the difference between gross profit and gross profit margin is essential for financial analysis and decision-making. Gross profit provides a direct measure of the company’s profitability, while gross profit margin allows for benchmarking and comparison with industry peers. By monitoring and analysing these metrics, businesses can gain insights into their cost structure, pricing strategies, and overall operational efficiency, enabling them to make informed decisions to improve their financial performance. Formula and Calculation of Gross Profit Margin To calculate the gross profit margin, you need to first determine the gross profit and then divide it by the total revenue. The formula for gross profit margin calculation is: Gross Profit Margin = (Gross Profit / Revenue) x 100 Here’s an example to illustrate the calculation: Imagine a company has the following financial data for a specific period: Revenue: $100,000 Cost of Goods Sold: $60,000 To calculate the gross profit margin from the gross profit, subtract the cost of goods sold from the revenue: Gross Profit = Revenue – Cost of Goods Sold Gross Profit = $100,000 – $60,000 Gross Profit = $40,000 Now, to calculate the gross profit margin, divide the gross profit by the revenue and multiply by 100: Gross Profit Margin = (Gross Profit / Revenue) x 100 Gross Profit Margin = ($40,000 / $100,000) x 100 Gross Profit Margin = 0.4 x 100 Gross Profit Margin = 40% In this example, the company’s gross profit margin is 40%, which means that for every dollar of revenue, the company generates $0.40 in gross profit. This indicates that the company is efficient at managing its production costs and is able to generate a significant amount of profit for each dollar of revenue. How Gross Profit Margin Works The gross profit margin reveals how much of each sales dollar a company retains after accounting for the direct costs of producing or delivering its products or services. A higher gross profit margin generally indicates better cost management and pricing effectiveness. Alternatively, a lower gross profit margin may signal challenges in controlling production costs or subpar pricing strategies. To illustrate the gross margin calculation, let’s consider a hypothetical company called XYZ Corp. Suppose XYZ Corp generates $100,000 in revenue during a specific period and incurs $60,000 in direct costs associated with producing its goods. In this case, the gross profit would be $40,000 ($100,000 – $60,000). To determine the gross profit margin, we divide the gross profit by the total revenue and multiply by 100: Gross Profit Margin = ($40,000 / $100,000) x 100 = 40% XYZ Corp’s gross profit margin for the period is 40%, indicating that for every dollar of revenue, it retains 40 cents after covering direct production costs. Variations in gross profit margins across industries can be significant. Companies in industries with high production costs, such as manufacturing or construction, tend to have lower gross profit margins compared to industries with lower production costs, such as technology or software services. Gross profit margin can also fluctuate within the same industry due to factors such as changes in commodity prices, shifts in consumer demand, or variations in production efficiency. Companies strive to maintain or improve their gross profit margin by optimising production processes, controlling costs, and implementing effective pricing strategies. Gross Profit Margin vs. Net Profit Margin vs. Operating Profit Margin While gross profit margin focuses solely on production costs, net income statement or profit margin takes into account all expenses incurred in the course of doing business, including operating expenses, interest, and taxes. As such, net profit margin provides a more comprehensive measure of a company’s overall profitability. Operating profit margin, on the other hand, narrows the focus to the income generated from a company’s core operations, excluding non-operating income and expenses such as interest and taxes. It provides insights into the efficiency of a company’s core business processes and how effectively it converts revenue into operating profit. To illustrate the differences between these three profit margin metrics, consider the following example: – A company generates $100,000 in revenue. – The cost of goods sold is $40,000. – Operating expenses amount to $20,000. – Interest expense is $5,000. – Tax expense is $10,000. The gross profit to gross margin ratio for this company would be: Gross Profit Margin = ($100,000 – $40,000) / $100,000 = 0.6 or 60% The net profit margin would be: Net Profit Margin = ($100,000 – $40,000 – $20,000 – $5,000 – $10,000) / $100,000 = 0.25 or 25% The operating profit margin would be: Operating Profit Margin = ($100,000 – $40,000 – $20,000) / $100,000 = 0.4 or 40% In this example, the gross profit margin indicates that the company retains $0.60 for every dollar of revenue after covering production costs. The net profit margin shows that for every dollar of revenue, the company has $0.25 left after accounting for all expenses, including operating expenses, interest, and taxes. Lastly, the operating profit margin reveals that the company generates $0.40 in operating profit for every dollar of revenue. By analysing these three profit margin metrics together, businesses gain a more nuanced understanding of their financial performance and can identify areas for improvement. Examples of Gross Profit Margin Here are some examples of gross profit margin for different companies: Apple: In 2021, Apple reported a gross profit margin of 37.6%. This means that for every dollar of revenue Apple generated, it kept $0.376 after accounting for the direct costs of producing its products. Amazon: In 2021, Amazon reported a gross profit margin of 41.9%. This means that for every dollar of revenue Amazon generated, it kept $0.419 after accounting for the direct costs of fulfilling orders. Walmart: In 2021, Walmart reported a gross profit margin of 24.9%. This means that for every dollar of revenue Walmart generated, it kept $0.249 after accounting for the direct costs of purchasing and transporting merchandise. Nike: In 2021, Nike reported a gross profit margin of 44.5%. This means that for every dollar of revenue Nike generated, it kept $0.445 after accounting for the direct costs of manufacturing its products. Costco: In 2021, Costco reported a gross profit margin of 14.7%. This means that for every dollar of revenue Costco generated, it kept $0.147 after accounting for the direct costs of purchasing merchandise. These examples illustrate the wide range of gross profit margins that can exist across different industries. Companies with high gross profit margins are often able to generate more profit for each dollar of revenue they generate, which can lead to increased profitability and shareholder value. What Does Gross Profit Margin Indicate? Gross profit margin is an indicator of a company’s financial health and operational efficiency. It provides insights into various aspects of a business, including pricing strategy, cost management, and competitive positioning. By analysing gross profit margin, stakeholders can gain a deeper understanding of a company’s ability to generate profits and its overall financial performance. A higher gross profit margin generally signifies that a company is effectively managing its production costs and expenses. It suggests that the company is able to generate more revenue for each dollar spent on producing or delivering its products or services. This reflects well on the company’s pricing strategy and its ability to control costs. A higher gross profit margin can also indicate that the company has a competitive advantage in terms of pricing or cost structure, allowing it to capture a larger share of the market. A lower gross profit margin may indicate challenges in managing costs or inefficiencies in the production process. It could be a sign that the company is facing intense competition, which forces it to lower prices or increase discounts to maintain market share. Alternatively, it may suggest that the company’s cost structure is not optimised, leading to higher expenses and reduced profitability. By monitoring and analysing gross profit margins over time, businesses can identify trends and patterns that help them make informed decisions. For instance, a declining gross profit margin may prompt a company to review its pricing strategy, cost structure, or operational processes to identify areas for improvement. On the other hand, a consistently high gross profit margin can serve as a validation of the company’s effective management practices and competitive positioning. Gross profit margin is a valuable metric that provides insights into a company’s profitability, cost management, and competitive position. It helps stakeholders assess the financial performance of a business and identify areas for improvement. By analysing gross profit margin, companies can make informed decisions to enhance their profitability and long-term success. Difference Between a High and Low Gross Profit Margin This section discusses the difference between a high and low gross profit margin. A high gross profit margin indicates that a company is generating more revenue relative to its cost of goods sold, while a low gross profit margin indicates that a company is spending more on its cost of goods sold compared to its revenue. A high enough gross profit margin ratio is generally preferable as it indicates that a company is able to generate more profit from its sales. There are several factors that can contribute to a high gross profit margin. These include: – Efficient production processes that minimise waste and maximise output. – Strong pricing power that allows a company to charge premium prices for its products or services. – A focus on high-margin products or services. – Effective cost management practices. However, a low gross profit margin can be caused by several factors, such as: – Inefficient production processes that result in high costs. – Weak pricing power due to competition or other market factors. – A focus on low-margin products or services. – Poor cost management practices. It is important to note that a high or low gross profit margin is not necessarily good or bad. The ideal gross profit margin for a company will vary depending on its industry, business model, and competitive landscape. By understanding the factors that affect gross profit margin, companies can make informed decisions to improve their profitability. How Does a Company Increase Its Gross Profit Margin? A company can increase its gross profit margin by reducing the cost of goods sold (COGS), increasing net sales by volume, improving product mix, implementing lean manufacturing techniques, and investing in marketing and promotions. Reducing COGS involves finding ways to produce goods at a lower cost without compromising quality. This can be achieved by negotiating better deals with suppliers, optimising production processes, and eliminating waste. Increasing sales volume means selling more products or services, which can be done by expanding into new markets, offering discounts or promotions, and improving customer service. Improving product mix refers to selling more of the products or services that have a higher gross profit margin. This can be done by discontinuing low-margin products, upselling higher-margin products, and bundling products or services together. Implementing lean manufacturing techniques involves streamlining production processes to reduce waste and improve efficiency. This can be done by using automation, reducing inventory levels, and improving quality control. Investing in marketing and promotions can help increase sales volume and improve product mix by creating awareness of the company’s products or services and generating leads. By implementing these strategies, a company can increase its gross profit margin and improve its overall profitability. How LIKE.TG can help your Gross Profit Margin LIKE.TG is a powerful customer relationship management (CRM) platform that can help businesses improve their gross profit margin in a number of ways. Firstly, LIKE.TG provides real-time insights into business performance through its comprehensive reporting and analytics capabilities. This allows businesses to identify areas where they can reduce costs and improve efficiency, such as by optimising inventory levels or reducing the cost of goods sold. Secondly, LIKE.TG can automate sales and order management processes, freeing up employees to focus on more value-added activities. As a result, this can assist businesses to reduce labour costs and improve productivity, leading to an increase in gross profit margin. Thirdly, LIKE.TG can improve customer service by providing a centralised platform for managing customer interactions. Helping businesses to resolve customer issues more quickly and efficiently, leading to increased customer satisfaction and repeat business. Finally, LIKE.TG can help businesses optimise their pricing strategies and promotions by providing insights into customer behaviour and preferences. This can help businesses set optimal prices for their products or services, and target their promotions more effectively, leading to increased sales and higher gross margins and profit margin. LIKE.TG is a valuable tool that can help businesses improve their gross profit margin in a number of ways. By providing real-time insights into business performance, automating sales and order management processes, improving customer service, and optimising pricing strategies and promotions, LIKE.TG can help businesses reduce costs, increase sales, and ultimately improve their bottom line.

					Statutory Compliance: Guide to Payroll Compliance
Statutory Compliance: Guide to Payroll Compliance
Within payroll management, statutory compliance is essential for responsible business practices. Adhering to federal and state employment laws is not merely a legal obligation; it’s an ethical commitment to employees and a safeguard against costly penalties. This broad guide looks into the specifics of statutory compliance in payroll, exploring its significance, various facets, and how LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM empowers businesses to streamline compliance and elevate their payroll operations. What is statutory compliance in payroll? In payroll management, following federal and state employment laws is very important. It’s not just a legal requirement but also a moral duty that protects employees’ rights and keeps businesses out of trouble. Statutory compliance in payroll encompasses a diverse spectrum of responsibilities, including the provision of fair compensation, adherence to minimum wage standards, and the meticulous calculation and remittance of taxes, social security contributions, and other deductions. Each of these elements plays a pivotal role in ensuring that employees receive the remuneration and benefits they rightfully deserve, as stipulated by law. The significance of statutory compliance in payroll cannot be overstated. It’s an imperative element of ethical business practices, fostering a harmonious work environment where employees feel valued and respected. Compliance safeguards businesses from the potential repercussions of non-compliance, such as hefty fines, legal penalties, and the erosion of their hard-earned reputation. The legal environment is notoriously ever-changing, so keeping up with the latest employment laws is essential to ensure payroll follows the rules. Businesses must demonstrate unwavering commitment to continuous learning and adaptation, diligently monitoring regulatory changes and incorporating them into their payroll practices. Only through such vigilance can they navigate the complexities of payroll compliance and fulfil their obligations to their employees, the government, and society at large. Importance of statutory compliance Statutory compliance in payroll is of paramount importance as it ensures that businesses adhere to the legal obligations set by government regulations and labour laws. This adherence is crucial for several reasons. Firstly, it ensures that employees are treated fairly and in accordance with the law. By complying with statutory regulations, businesses safeguard the rights and well-being of their employees, fostering a positive work environment. Secondly, statutory compliance helps businesses avoid legal penalties and fines that may arise from non-compliance. These penalties can be substantial and can have a significant financial impact on a business. Thirdly, compliance contributes to building trust and credibility with employees, customers, and stakeholders. When a business demonstrates its commitment to statutory compliance, it establishes itself as a responsible and ethical organisation, enhancing its reputation and fostering trust among its stakeholders. Overall, statutory compliance is not just a legal requirement but also a fundamental aspect of responsible business practices that promotes fairness, protects employees’ rights, and contributes to the success and sustainability of a business. Types of statutory compliance in payroll Minimum wage complianceThe federal minimum wage is $7.25 per hour. However, many states and cities have their own minimum wage laws that are higher than the federal minimum. Businesses must comply with the highest minimum wage law that applies to their employees. Overtime pay compliance Employees who work more than 40 hours a week are entitled to overtime pay at a rate of 1.5 times their regular pay rate. There are some exceptions to this rule, such as for employees who are exempt from overtime pay. Child labour laws compliance Child labour laws restrict the types of jobs that children can do and the hours that they can work. Businesses must comply with all applicable child labour laws. Equal pay laws compliance Equal pay laws prohibit employers from paying women less than men for equal work. Businesses must conduct regular pay audits to ensure that they are not violating equal pay laws. Family and medical leave laws compliance Family and medical leave laws allow employees to take unpaid leave from work for certain family and medical reasons. Businesses must comply with all applicable family and medical leave laws. These are just a few of the many types of statutory compliance that businesses must adhere to in order to stay compliant with federal and state laws. Businesses that fail to comply with statutory compliance requirements can face serious consequences, including fines, penalties, and legal action. Statutes on employee salaries and benefits Several federal and state statutes govern employee salaries and benefits. These laws set forth requirements for minimum wage, overtime pay, equal pay, family and medical leave, and other benefits. Employers must comply with these laws to ensure fair treatment of their employees and avoid legal penalties. One of the most important federal laws governing employee salaries and benefits is the Fair Labour Standards Act (FLSA). The FLSA sets the minimum wage for non-exempt employees and requires employers to pay overtime pay to employees who work more than 40 hours per week. The FLSA also includes provisions for child labour laws and equal pay laws. The Equal Pay Act (EPA) is another important federal law that prohibits employers from discriminating against employees based on gender in terms of compensation. The EPA requires employers to pay men and women equally for equal work. The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides employees with the right to take unpaid, job-protected leave for certain family and medical reasons. The FMLA covers employees who have worked for their employer for at least 1,250 hours in the 12 months preceding the leave. The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (WARN) requires employers to provide advance notice to employees of plant closings or mass layoffs. The WARN Act covers employers with 100 or more employees. The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) allows employees who lose their health insurance coverage due to job loss or other qualifying events to continue their coverage for a limited period. COBRA covers employees who have worked for their employer for at least 20 hours per week for the 12 months preceding the loss of coverage. These are just a few of the many federal and state statutes that govern employee salaries and benefits. Employers must comply with all applicable laws to ensure fair treatment of their employees and avoid legal penalties. Statutes on social security Must be written for each region Statutes on tax liabilities Must be written for each region LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM offers a comprehensive suite of tools and features designed specifically to help businesses in the financial services industry streamline compliance, simplify reporting, automate calculations, enhance security, and improve customer service. Streamlined Compliance With LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM, businesses can centralise and manage all compliance-related data in a single platform. This enables easy access to relevant information, facilitates efficient reporting, and ensures compliance with industry regulations. The CRM’s robust compliance management capabilities help businesses stay up-to-date with changing regulations, automate compliance tasks, and mitigate risks associated with non-compliance. Simplified Reporting LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM simplifies the complex task of generating reports. The platform’s pre-built templates and customisable reporting tools enable businesses to quickly and easily create reports that meet their specific needs. With real-time data and comprehensive analytics, businesses can gain valuable insights into their operations, identify trends, and make informed decisions. The CRM’s advanced reporting capabilities empower businesses to demonstrate compliance, optimise processes, and enhance overall performance. Automated Calculations LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM automates various calculations related to payroll, commissions, bonuses, and other financial transactions. This eliminates manual calculations and reduces the risk of errors. The CRM’s powerful automation engine ensures accurate and consistent calculations, saving businesses time and resources while enhancing overall efficiency. By automating calculations, businesses can streamline their operations, improve accuracy, and focus on delivering exceptional customer service. Enhanced Security LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM provides robust security measures to protect sensitive financial data. The platform employs industry-standard encryption protocols, access controls, and authentication mechanisms to safeguard data from unauthorised access. LIKE.TG’s commitment to security ensures that businesses can confidently manage and store financial information, reducing the risk of data breaches and maintaining customer trust. Improved Customer Service LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM empowers businesses to deliver exceptional customer service. The platform’s customer relationship management (CRM) capabilities enable businesses to centralise customer interactions, track customer history, and provide personalised experiences. With LIKE.TG’s CRM, businesses can streamline customer communications, resolve inquiries efficiently, and build strong customer relationships. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s financial services CRM, businesses can enhance customer satisfaction, increase loyalty, and drive business growth.

					CRM Finance: Choose the Best CRM for Financial Services
CRM Finance: Choose the Best CRM for Financial Services
The financial services industry is constantly evolving, and businesses need to keep up with the latest technology to stay competitive. One important tool that can help financial services businesses succeed is a customer relationship management (CRM) system. Throughout this blog, we will explore the importance of CRM for financial services businesses, and how a CRM can help improve customer service, streamline sales, and enhance collaboration. What Is a CRM for Financial Services? The financial services and insurance industry is one that constantly changes, so having the right tools to manage customer relationships and interactions is paramount to success. This is where CRM for financial services comes into play. CRM stands for Customer Relationship Management and refers to the technology and strategies employed by businesses to manage and analyse customer interactions and data throughout the customer lifecycle. Specifically designed for financial institutions, a CRM system for financial services is a software platform that centralises customer data, sales, marketing, customer service, and support activities. This centralised platform allows financial institutions to gain a holistic understanding of their customers and deliver exceptional client service. By leveraging the capabilities of a CRM system, financial institutions can streamline their operations, enhance collaboration among teams, and ultimately, drive business growth. Integrating CRM with other tools like Outlook and LIKE.TG can save time and reduce human error, ensuring that data is accurately copied and managed across platforms. CRM systems for financial services address the unique needs of the industry, ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements, data security, and customer privacy. With a CRM system in place, financial institutions can efficiently manage customer information, track interactions, and make informed decisions based on data-driven insights. This leads to improved customer experiences, increased operational efficiency, and a competitive edge in the market. How Can a Finance CRM Help Your Business? A CRM system can help financial services businesses improve customer service by providing a centralised platform for managing all customer interactions. This allows businesses to track customer history, preferences, and interactions, and to provide personalised and efficient service. This reduces customer frustration when contacting their service provider. For instance, a financial advisor can use a CRM to quickly access a client’s account information, view their past transactions, and make notes about their financial goals. This enables the advisor to provide tailored advice and recommendations that meet the client’s specific needs. Additionally, a CRM can help automate tasks such as sending appointment reminders and following up on leads, freeing up advisors to focus on providing excellent customer service. A CRM can also help financial services businesses streamline sales by providing tools for managing leads, tracking opportunities, and forecasting revenue. This can help businesses identify and prioritise high-value leads, allocate resources effectively, and close deals faster. For example, a CRM can automatically score leads based on their likelihood to convert, allowing sales teams to focus their efforts on the most promising opportunities. Additionally, a CRM can provide insights into the sales process, such as which marketing channels are generating the most leads or which sales tactics are most effective. This information can help businesses optimise their sales strategies and improve their bottom line. Finally, a CRM can help financial services businesses enhance collaboration by providing a central platform for sharing information and communicating with colleagues. This can help break down silos between departments and improve teamwork. For instance, a customer service representative can use a CRM to quickly get in touch with a subject matter expert to resolve a customer issue. Additionally, a CRM can be used to track and manage projects, ensuring that everyone is on the same page and that projects are completed on time and within budget. In conclusion, a CRM system can provide numerous benefits for financial services businesses, including improved customer service, streamlined sales, and enhanced collaboration. By leveraging the capabilities of a CRM, financial institutions and clients can gain a competitive advantage and achieve long-term success. How Can a Finance CRM Help Your Customers? A finance CRM can provide customers with a secure and convenient way to manage their finances. It can help them track their spending, set financial goals, make informed financial decisions, and stay up-to-date on their financial accounts and transactions. By providing customers with a centralised platform for managing their finances, a CRM can help them improve their financial literacy and make better financial decisions. For example, a finance CRM can help customers track their income and expenses, create budgets, and set savings goals. It can also provide customers with insights into their spending habits and help them identify areas where they can cut back. Additionally, a finance CRM can help customers stay up-to-date on their financial accounts and transactions by providing them with real-time notifications and alerts. Overall, a finance CRM can be a valuable tool for customers looking to manage their finances more effectively. It can provide them with the information and tools they need to make informed financial decisions and improve their financial literacy. The Features You Need From a CRM for Client Management in Financial Services A CRM for financial services should have robust contact management capabilities. This includes the ability to store and manage customer contact information, such as name, address, phone number, and email address. It should also allow users to create and manage contact groups, such as customers, prospects, and vendors. Lead management is another important feature for a CRM for financial services. This includes the ability to track leads from the initial point of contact through the sales process. It should also allow users to qualify leads, assign them to sales representatives, and track their progress. Opportunity management is also essential for a CRM for financial services. This includes the ability to track sales opportunities from the initial contact through the close of the sale. It should also allow users to create and manage sales forecasts, see interest rates, track win rates, and identify trends. Integration with other business systems is also important for a CRM for financial services. This includes the ability to integrate with accounting systems, ERP systems, and other business applications. This allows users to access all of their customer data in one place, which can help companies improve efficiency and productivity. Reporting and analytics are also important features for a CRM for financial services. This includes the ability to generate reports on customer activity, sales performance, and other key metrics. It should also allow users to create custom reports and dashboards, so they can track the metrics that are most important to them. How to choose the best financial CRM for your business? When selecting the most suitable CRM for your financial services business, there are several factors to consider. First, it is essential to identify your specific CRM requirements. Determine the key features and functionalities that are essential for your business, such as customer data management, sales tracking, and reporting capabilities. This will help narrow down your options and select a CRM that aligns with your specific needs. Next, it is important to set a budget for your CRM investment. CRM systems can vary significantly in cost, so it is crucial to determine how much you are willing to spend before beginning your search. Consider the long-term return on investment (ROI) when making your decision, as a well-chosen CRM can lead your company to increased efficiency, improved customer service, and ultimately, increased revenue. The size of your business is also an important factor to consider when choosing a CRM. Smaller businesses may have different needs and requirements compared to larger enterprises. Look for a CRM that is scalable and can grow with your business as it expands. Consider the number of users who will need access to the CRM’s ability, and ensure that the system can accommodate your current and future needs. The industry in which you operate can also influence your CRM selection. Different industries have specific requirements and regulations, so it is important to choose a CRM that is tailored to your industry’s needs. For example, a banking or financial services CRM should have features that support compliance with industry-specific regulations and provide the necessary security measures to protect sensitive customer data. Finally, it is advisable to read reviews of different CRM systems before making a decision. Customer reviews and feedback can provide valuable insights into customer satisfaction and the pros and cons of various CRM solutions. Look for reviews that highlight the strengths and weaknesses of each CRM and consider how they align with your business requirements. By carefully evaluating these factors and conducting thorough research, you can select the best financial CRM for your business and reap the benefits of improved customer service, streamlined sales, and enhanced collaboration. Key features of CRM for financial services Contact management is a key feature of CRM for financial services. It enables financial institutions to centralise and manage customer information, including personal details, contact information, and financial data, in a single, easily accessible platform. This allows financial advisors and customer service representatives to quickly access customer information, understand their financial needs, and provide personalised advice and services. Lead management is another important feature of CRM for financial services. It helps financial institutions capture, qualify, and track leads, and manage the sales pipeline. With a CRM system, financial advisors can easily capture lead information, such as contact details, interests, and financial goals, and track their progress through the sales funnel. This enables them to prioritise high-quality leads, allocate resources effectively, and optimise their sales efforts. Task management is also a valuable feature of CRM for financial services. It allows financial institutions to assign, track, and manage tasks and activities related to client management, customer interactions, sales, and service. Financial advisors can use the task management feature to create to-do lists, set priorities, and track their progress in completing tasks. This helps them stay organised, manage their time effectively, and ensure that no important tasks fall through the cracks. Reporting and analytics is another essential feature of CRM for financial services. It enables financial institutions to generate reports and analyse data related to customer interactions, sales, and service performance. Financial advisors can use these reports to gain insights into customer behaviour, identify trends, and measure the effectiveness of their sales and service strategies. This information can help them make data-driven decisions, improve their performance, and achieve better business outcomes. Finally, integration with other financial software is a key feature of CRM for financial services. It allows CRM systems to connect and exchange data with other financial software applications, such as accounting systems, portfolio management systems, and trading platforms. This integration enables financial institutions and organisations to streamline their operations, reduce manual data entry, and improve the accuracy and efficiency of their financial processes. Best financial CRM software When it comes to choosing the best financial CRM software for your business, there are many factors to consider. Some of the top financial CRM software solutions on the market for Financial Services. Each of these solutions offers a unique set of features and benefits, so it’s important to evaluate your specific needs and requirements before making a decision on one platform. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud is a comprehensive CRM solution that offers a wide range of features specifically designed for the financial services industry. These features include contact management, lead management, opportunity management, forecasting, and reporting. LIKE.TG Financial Services Cloud also integrates with other LIKE.TG products, such as Sales Cloud and Service Cloud, to provide a complete customer experience management solution. Oracle Financial Services Cloud is another CRM solution for the financial services industry. Oracle Financial Services Cloud offers a comprehensive set of features, including contact management, lead management, opportunity management, forecasting, and reporting. Oracle Financial Services Cloud also integrates with other Oracle products, such as Oracle E-Business Suite and Oracle Siebel CRM, to provide a complete customer experience management solution. Microsoft Dynamics 365 for Financial Services is a cloud-based CRM solution that offers a range of features designed for the financial services industry. These features include contact management, lead management, opportunity management, forecasting, and reporting. Microsoft Dynamics 365 for Financial Services also integrates with other Microsoft products, such as Office 365 and Dynamics 365 Sales, to provide a complete customer experience management solution. SAP Hybris Cloud for Financial Services is a cloud-based CRM solution that offers a comprehensive set of features specifically designed for the financial services industry. These features include contact management, lead management, opportunity management, forecasting, and reporting. Pegasystems CRM for Financial Services is a cloud-based CRM solution that offers a range of features specifically designed for the financial services industry. These features include contact management, lead management, opportunity management, forecasting, and reporting. Pegasystems CRM for Financial Services also integrates with other Pegasystems products, such as Pegasystems BPM and Pegasystems Customer Service, to provide a complete customer experience management solution.

					3 Easy Steps to Pick the Best AI Chatbot for Your Business
3 Easy Steps to Pick the Best AI Chatbot for Your Business
Choosing the best AI chatbot for your business is an important part of getting the most out of artificial intelligence (AI). There are many chatbots on the market, and each is trained to excel at different things — Siri as your hand-held personal assistant, Einstein Copilot as your do-it-all digital employee, or ChatGPT as your human-like conversational partner. An AI chatbot is a computer program designed to simulate human-like conversation through text or voice. In contrast to older rules-based chatbots, which have been around for decades, AI chatbots are created by training large language models (LLMs) on vast datasets of human conversations and knowledge, which helps the chatbot to understand natural language and generate relevant, contextual responses. Here, you’ll discover how to clarify your needs, cut through the chatbot clutter, and find the best AI chatbot for the job. What you’ll learn: The benefits of using AI chatbots How to pick the best chatbot The AI chatbot revolution The benefits of using AI chatbots Thanks to AI chatbots, gone are the days of canned robotic responses, endless hold times, or making customers wait days for an email reply. Having always-on digital assistants available to deliver fast and personalised service is now the norm. But chatbots don’t just benefit customers — they’re transformative for businesses, too. Every customer interaction is an opportunity for bots to uncover insights quickly and systematically, and potentially pinpoint ones you may have missed otherwise. In an age where data is king, chatbots can collect and analyse conversational data from direct interactions with your customers. What are their biggest pain points? What questions keep coming up? With that knowledge, you can fine-tune your products and deliver even better service and support for your customers. (Back to top) How to pick the best AI chatbot With new chatbot options constantly hitting the market and offering varying specialties, it’s important to sort through the clutter and determine what is the best AI chatbot for your business. Understanding your specific needs, comparing costs, exploring customisation options, utilising your company’s existing data, and weighing functionality are all important factors to consider when deciding which AI chatbot to use. To get started, consider these questions to pick the best AI chatbot for your business: 1. What are your goals? There are specialised chatbots for everything from customer service to sales to marketing. So, the first step is to identify how a chatbot will help you accomplish your business goals. “What is the business outcome you want? For example, reduce cost, increase sales, or minimise customer service volume?” said Aron Kale, director of product management on the LIKE.TG AI team. “Getting really clear on what you want out of your chatbot is an important first step.” For example, if providing better, more efficient customer service is your goal, prioritise chatbots that are adept at resolving common customer queries. Or, if automating repetitive internal tasks is the priority, look for chatbots that will integrate with existing systems and can handle multi-step workflows. If you’re focused on finding a solution to help increase sales and drive more conversions, find an AI assistant that can do things like make personalised customer recommendations and manage transactions. A broader view is also beneficial to consider the ways an AI chatbot could make a bigger long-term impact. Are there downstream key performance indicators that your AI chatbot could affect? For example, an HR chatbot could improve employee productivity and engagement by providing around-the-clock employee support, answering questions about company benefits, or sending automated reminders for project deadlines. A sales chatbot might boost conversion rates and lower customer acquisition costs by helping sales teams zero in on the highest-quality prospects. Or a customer service chatbot can improve satisfaction, loyalty, and retention metrics by providing personalised customer assistance. Whatever your goals are, it’s important to understand the varied abilities of the different AI chatbot solutions on the market. Chatbots run the gamut, from those that are purely question-and-answer solutions to tools that can resolve issues independently from start to finish. Map out the ideal level of conversational complexity, task automation, language support, and human-AI interaction for your business. 2. Where does your data live? One of the most important factors to consider when picking the best AI chatbot for your business is access to your data. How easily the tool can tap into your company’s own data can mean the difference between a richly personalised output and one that’s generic and unhelpful. “Think about it in terms of what your human workers need in order to do their jobs well. Those are the same things your chatbot needs,” Kale explained. “So if you want your chatbot to focus on customer service issues, your chatbot needs to know your policies and look up an order status. Which you can pull in through tools like Data Cloud and MuleSoft.” Think about the wealth of information contained in your company’s customer records, product information, service histories, internal policies, prospective customer data, and more. This data is a goldmine of insights, but it’s often spread across siloed databases, CRM software, conversation histories, and document repositories. Instead of giving generic responses, an AI chatbot that can access, understand, and seamlessly use this data can provide actionable answers that are specific to your business. Let’s say that you run an online sports apparel store and a new customer asks the chatbot, “When will my order arrive?” A basic chatbot might reply with a standard line like “Orders typically ship in 3-5 business days.” In contrast, a chatbot with access to your order management system would be able to respond in a much more personalised way: “Your order #913 for a Sacramento Kings jersey shipped yesterday via UPS. It’s expected to arrive this Thursday.” This kind of interaction goes a long way toward building brand loyalty, and the customer data needed to enable it likely already resides within your existing systems. A data-connected chatbot can also work wonders for your HR team. A chatbot that can tell employees exactly how many vacation days they have left or explain retirement plans based on their personal file makes for a great employee experience. And in sales, it can recommend products that complement a customer’s past purchases. In short, an AI chatbot that connects seamlessly to your company data is a true expert in your business, not just a generic assistant. When comparing chatbots, understand how different solutions connect to various data sources. Can it integrate with common systems like LIKE.TG, SAP, or Microsoft Dynamics? Does it support APIs to link to custom databases? How does it handle data security? The best chatbot for your business is the one that not only understands natural language, but also transforms your data into an important asset that can build lasting brand loyalty. 3. What resources do you need to get going? As you evaluate different chatbot solutions, it’s important to have realistic expectations around technical expertise, budget, time to invest in learning, and what the AI can and can’t do right out of the box. How easy it is to integrate into your existing system should be a consideration. For example, is it a low- or no-code option that needs minimal training to get up and running? What level of technical skill is required for customisations or updates? Are there additional costs for scaling or advanced functionality down the road? Getting a strong handle on the real human effort and total cost of ownership needed to get the most out of your chatbot is key. Finally, consider what internal data your chatbot needs to be trained on to be effective across your marketing, service, sales, and IT teams. Uniting all your structured and unstructured data under one roof is the best way to get the most out of it, and making that data available through a conversational AI like Einstein Copilot can be a game changer for every facet of your business. And if this big, exciting new world of AI is all a bit overwhelming, it’s important to know that you can start small and build up. “It’s really possible to start small and really simple, with things like QA and knowledge articles,” Kale said. “It doesn’t have to integrate to 50 things right away — you can add use cases and expand it to meet different use cases over time.” (Back to top) The AI chatbot revolution As natural language processing capabilities continue to advance, we can expect these virtual assistants to become even more humanlike and intuitive. The pace of AI innovation will continue to pick up speed, making now the best time to learn these tools, Kale said. “The space is rapidly evolving. We’re seeing so much innovation, and businesses are seeing real value like never before,” he said. “It’s going to keep getting faster and faster, better and better. Start learning and getting hands-on now so that you’re well prepared as the technology evolves.”(Back to top) Cassidy Myers-Sims contributed to this blog article.

					Retail Supply Chain Management Guide: The Importance & Strategies
Retail Supply Chain Management Guide: The Importance & Strategies
Retail is an industry that is constantly changing and growing, so managing the supply chain effectively is essential to its success. Improving collaboration with suppliers and utilising technology to streamline all aspects of the supply chain can significantly enhance overall supply chain performance. Join us as we take a closer look at the complexities of retail supply chain management, exploring the interplay of processes, people, and technology that bring products from suppliers to customers. Along the way, we’ll uncover challenges that retailers face, including demand uncertainty, supply chain disruptions, and inventory management. We’ll also examine the practical strategies to overcome these hurdles and discover the best practices and emerging trends that are reshaping the future of retail supply chain management. From the transformative power of AI and machine learning to the growing emphasis on sustainability, this guide will equip you with the knowledge and insights needed to excel within the retail industry. What Is Retail Supply Chain Management? Within retail, the supply chain encompasses a vast network that orchestrates the movement of products and services from the hands of suppliers to the doorsteps of customers. This intricate system involves a multitude of players, from raw material providers and manufacturers to distributors, retailers, and end consumers. Retail Supply Chain Management (RSCM) emerges as the art of meticulously planning, executing, controlling, and monitoring all activities within this network. Its primary objective? To generate net value, establish a competitive infrastructure, and seamlessly align the supply chain strategy with ever-changing demand. RSCM encompasses every step of the product journey, from the initial sourcing of raw materials to the final delivery to the customer. It involves the coordination of various processes, including manufacturing, warehousing, transportation, and retailing. Each step demands careful management to ensure the smooth flow of goods, minimise costs, and maintain optimal inventory levels. Effective RSCM is not simply a logistical endeavour; it’s a strategic imperative that can significantly impact a retailer’s success. By optimising the supply chain, retailers can enhance customer satisfaction, reduce operational costs, and gain a competitive edge in the dynamic retail business. Retail Supply Chain Management Explained Retail Supply Chain Management (Retail Supply Chain Management, or RSCM for short) is a critical aspect of the retail industry, encompassing all the processes involved in bringing products from suppliers to end customers. It’s a complex network that requires careful planning, coordination, and execution to ensure efficient and cost-effective operations. The key components of RSCM include: Sourcing and procurement: This involves identifying and selecting suppliers, negotiating contracts, and managing the flow of raw materials and components into the production process. Manufacturing: This stage involves converting raw materials into finished products. Retailers may own and operate their manufacturing facilities or outsource production to third-party manufacturers. Warehousing and distribution: This involves storing finished products in warehouses and managing their distribution to retail stores or directly to customers. Retailing: This is the final stage of the supply chain, where products are sold to end consumers through various channels, including physical stores, online platforms, and mobile apps. Throughout the supply chain, retailers face numerous challenges, including demand uncertainty, supply chain disruptions, inventory management, and the need to maintain high levels of customer service. Effective RSCM involves developing strategies to mitigate these challenges and ensure that products reach customers in a timely, cost-effective, and satisfactory manner. Challenges in retail supply chain management Retailers face a myriad of challenges in managing their supply chains. One of the most daunting is the inherent uncertainty of demand. Consumer preferences can be highly volatile, influenced by factors such as fashion trends, economic conditions, and unforeseen events. This makes it challenging for retailers to accurately forecast demand and align their supply chains accordingly. Overestimating demand can lead to excess inventory and associated costs while underestimating demand can result in stockouts and lost sales. Another significant challenge in retail supply chain management is the vulnerability to disruptions. The COVID-19 pandemic has underscored the fragility of global supply chains, exposing retailers to risks such as factory closures, port congestion, and transportation delays. Geopolitical tensions, natural disasters, and trade disputes can further exacerbate these disruptions. Retailers must develop contingency plans and build resilience into their supply chains to mitigate the impact of such disruptions and ensure business continuity. Inventory management is another challenge in retail supply chain management. Retailers and supplier management must strike a delicate balance between maintaining adequate stock levels to meet customer demand and avoiding excessive inventory that ties up capital and incurs storage costs. Factors such as product seasonality, lead times, and inventory turnover rates need to be carefully considered to optimise inventory levels and minimise the risk of stockouts or overstocking. Building and maintaining strong relationships with suppliers is essential for effective retail supply chain management. Retailers rely on suppliers for a steady flow of quality products at competitive prices. However, for many retail businesses, managing supplier relationships can be complex, involving negotiations, contract management, and ensuring compliance with ethical and sustainability standards. Retailers must foster collaborative partnerships with suppliers to ensure mutual benefit and supply chain efficiency. In addition to these challenges, retailers must also contend with the rapid pace of technological advancements. The rise of e-commerce, the proliferation of mobile devices, and the increasing adoption of automation and artificial intelligence are transforming the retail industry. Retailers must embrace these technologies and adapt their supply chains accordingly to remain competitive and meet the evolving needs of their customers. Strategies for effective retail supply-chain management Effective Retail Supply Chain Management (RSCM) is necessary within retail. To achieve supply chain excellence, retailers must adopt innovative strategies that optimise inventory management, leverage technology, foster supplier collaboration, and ensure continuous monitoring and improvement. One key strategy for managing inventory well is the utilisation of data analytics to optimise inventory levels. By leveraging historical sales data, demand forecasting, and real-time inventory tracking, retailers can strike a balance between minimising stockouts and avoiding excess inventory. This data-driven approach reduces carrying costs, improves cash flow, and enhances customer satisfaction by ensuring product availability. Embracing automation and technology is also essential for streamlining supply chain processes. Implementing automated systems for tasks like order fulfilment, warehouse management, and transportation scheduling can significantly enhance efficiency and accuracy. Technologies such as radio frequency identification (RFID) and blockchain can provide real-time visibility and traceability throughout the supply chain, facilitating better coordination and reducing the risk of errors. Collaboration with suppliers is another basis for effective RSCM. Establishing strong relationships built on trust and transparency fosters open communication, enabling retailers to gain insights into suppliers’ production schedules, inventory levels, and potential disruptions. This collaboration facilitates proactive planning, reduces lead times through inventory optimisation, and minimises the impact of unforeseen challenges. Developing robust contingency plans is paramount in mitigating risks and disruptions. Given the changing nature of the retail industry, retailers must be prepared to handle disruptions such as natural disasters, supplier bankruptcies, or market fluctuations. Creating alternative sourcing strategies, maintaining safe stock levels, and diversifying transportation routes can help retailers navigate disruptions effectively and minimise their impact on customer service. Continuous monitoring and evaluation of supply chain performance are vital for identifying areas of improvement. Establishing key performance indicators (KPIs) and regularly analysing data related to inventory turnover, order fulfilment rates, and transportation costs enables retailers to pinpoint inefficiencies and make data-driven decisions for ongoing optimisation. By implementing these strategies, retailers can achieve a resilient, efficient, and agile supply chain that supports their business objectives and delivers exceptional customer experiences. Best practices for successful retail supply-chain management Retailers can achieve significant improvements in their supply chain management practices by adopting a range of proven strategies. One crucial element is implementing real-time inventory tracking systems. These systems provide accurate and up-to-date information on inventory levels, enabling retailers to make informed decisions about replenishment, production, and distribution. This reduces the risk of stockouts, optimises inventory levels, and minimises the need for costly expedited shipping. Another best practice involves optimising warehouse operations. Retailers should strive to streamline warehouse processes, such as receiving, put-away, picking, and packing. This can be achieved through efficient warehouse layout design, the use of automation and material handling equipment, and the implementation of inventory management systems. By optimising warehouse operations, retailers can reduce labour costs, improve order fulfilment accuracy, reduce shipping costs and enhance overall supply chain efficiency. Building strong relationships with suppliers is also essential for successful retail supply chain management. Retailers should work closely with their suppliers to establish clear communication channels, agree on performance expectations, and collaborate on inventory planning and forecasting. This fosters trust and cooperation, leading to improved product quality, reliable supply chain partners, and reduced lead times. Additionally, retailers can benefit from supplier expertise and gain access to innovative products and technologies. Leveraging technology to automate tasks is another key best practice. Technology solutions, such as inventory management software, transportation management systems, and warehouse management systems, can automate repetitive and time-consuming tasks, freeing up resources to focus on strategic initiatives. Automation also enhances accuracy, reduces errors, and improves overall supply chain visibility. Finally, retailers should continuously monitor and analyse their supply chain performance. This involves collecting and analysing data on key performance indicators (KPIs), such as inventory turnover, order fulfilment rates, and transportation costs. By regularly reviewing this data, retailers can identify areas for improvement, make data-driven decisions, and proactively address potential issues. This ongoing monitoring and analysis enable retailers to maintain a competitive edge and adapt to changing market dynamics. By implementing these best practices, retailers can achieve successful Retail Supply Chain Management, resulting in improved operational efficiency, reduced costs, enhanced customer satisfaction, and increased profitability for retail businesses. The Future of the Retail Supply Chain The retail supply chain is undergoing a period of rapid transformation driven by technological advancements and changing consumer behaviours. Retail Supply Chain Management is embracing innovative technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to optimise various aspects of the supply chain. AI and ML algorithms are being used for accurate demand forecasting, enabling retailers to maintain optimal inventory levels and reduce the risk of stockouts. These technologies also enhance logistics planning by suggesting efficient routes and modes of transportation, resulting in reduced costs and improved delivery times. The growth of omnichannel retailing has further emphasised the need for seamless integration between online and offline channels. Customers expect a consistent and convenient shopping experience regardless of the channel they choose. To meet this demand, retailers are investing in Retail Supply Chain Management systems that can synchronise inventory levels, order fulfilment, and customer data across all channels. This integration ensures that customers can easily purchase products online and pick them up in-store or have them delivered to their doorstep. E-commerce has significantly impacted traditional brick-and-mortar stores, leading to increased pressure on supply chains to become more flexible and agile. Retailers are adopting new strategies such as drop shipping and micro-fulfillment at distribution centres, to reduce inventory holding costs and speed up delivery times. These approaches require real-time visibility and coordination throughout the supply chain to ensure that products reach customers quickly and efficiently. Sustainability has become a critical consideration in Retail Supply Chain Management. Consumers are increasingly demanding products that are produced ethically and with minimal environmental impact. Retailers are responding by partnering with suppliers and chain partners who share their commitment to sustainability and implementing eco-friendly practices throughout their supply chains. This includes reducing packaging waste, optimising transportation routes, and using renewable energy sources. Blockchain technology is also gaining attention as a means to improve supply chain transparency and traceability. By providing a secure and immutable record of transactions, blockchain can help retailers track the movement of goods from their origin to the end consumer. This enhances product authenticity, reduces the risk of counterfeiting, and enables faster product recalls in case of quality or safety issues. Essentially, the future of Retail Supply Chain Management is characterised by the adoption of innovative technologies in warehouse automation, omnichannel integration, e-commerce adaptation, sustainability practices, and the exploration of blockchain technology. Retailers who embrace these trends and invest in efficient and resilient supply chains will be well-positioned to meet the evolving demands of consumers and stay ahead of the competition. LIKE.TG and Retail Supply Chain Management As the retail industry grows and changes, technology plays a main part in optimising supply chain management. Retail Supply Chain Management involves a complex network of processes, people, and technology that bring products from suppliers to customers. LIKE.TG, a leading customer relationship management (CRM) platform, offers a comprehensive suite of tools that can significantly enhance retail supply chain management. LIKE.TG’s supply chain management solutions provide retailers with real-time visibility into their inventory levels, order fulfilment status, and transportation activities. This enhanced visibility enables retailers to make informed decisions, optimise inventory levels, and inventory costs, and reduce the risk of stockouts. LIKE.TG also streamlines order management processes by automating order capture, processing, and fulfilment, resulting in faster and more accurate order fulfilment. LIKE.TG offers robust transportation management capabilities that help retailers optimise their logistics operations. Retailers can utilise LIKE.TG to mine inventory data, plan and execute shipments, track shipments in real time, and manage carrier relationships. These features enable retailers to reduce transportation costs, improve delivery times, and provide a superior customer experience. One of the key advantages of using LIKE.TG for Retail Supply Chain Management is its ability to integrate with other supply chain management systems. Retailers can seamlessly integrate LIKE.TG with their existing enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems, warehouse management systems (WMS), and transportation management systems (TMS). This integration ensures a unified view of the entire supply chain, eliminates data silos and facilitates smoother information flow. Another advantage of using LIKE.TG is its cloud-based platform. LIKE.TG’s cloud-based solutions offer retailers flexibility, scalability, and accessibility. Retailers can access their supply chain management data and insights from anywhere, anytime, using any device with an internet connection. This flexibility allows retailers to make real-time decisions and respond swiftly to changing market dynamics. By leveraging LIKE.TG’s supply chain management solutions, retailers can gain a serious competitive advantage and edge in the market. Improved visibility, reduced costs, enhanced customer service, and the ability to integrate with other systems empower retailers to streamline their supply chain operations and deliver exceptional customer experiences.

					What is Leadership?
What is Leadership?
The concept of leadership has undergone significant transformations in recent years, moving away from the traditional command-and-control approach towards a more inclusive and empowering style. Defining leadership requires establishing a shared understanding of the connection between leadership vision, language, and behaviours to critical business needs, focusing on outcomes such as direction, alignment, and commitment in a social process. Today’s leaders face unique challenges in fostering engagement and collaboration in hybrid workplaces, where remote work and technology play a prominent role. This article delves into the evolving nature of leadership, exploring the limitations of conventional management styles, the impact of new approaches on teams, and the distinctive dynamics of leadership in hybrid environments. Additionally, we will examine the role of CEOs in navigating this changing landscape and the significance of leadership development through mentorship, sponsorship, and apprenticeship. Join us as we explore the intricacies of effective leadership in the modern workplace. How is leadership evolving? Today’s modern workplace varies greatly from that of the past. Leadership has undergone a profound transformation. The traditional command-and-control approach, where leaders held all the power and made all the decisions, has given way to a more empowering and inclusive style of leadership known as servant leadership. This shift has revolutionised the way teams operate, giving employees greater autonomy and a sense of ownership over their work and decision-making. The rise of diverse and inclusive workplaces has redefined the very essence of leadership. Leaders today must be able to foster an environment where everyone feels valued and respected, regardless of their background, beliefs, or experiences. This requires that great leaders make a conscious effort to create an inclusive culture that celebrates diversity and leverages the unique strengths of each individual. The increasing complexity of global business has further amplified the demands placed on leaders. In a world where borders are becoming increasingly blurred and competition is intensifying, leaders must possess strong cross-cultural competence and adaptability. They need to be able to navigate varying cultural norms, understand different business practices, and build bridges across different regions and countries. Flexible leaders are essential in navigating these diverse cultural norms and adapting to different business practices. Only then can they effectively lead their teams and organisations to success in the global arena. Last but not least, the rapid pace of technological advancement has demanded a new breed of leaders who embrace innovation and are comfortable with ambiguity. In an era of constant disruption, leaders must be able to think outside the box, challenge the status quo, and adapt quickly to changing circumstances. They must be willing to experiment, take calculated risks, and learn from both successes and failures. Only by embracing innovation and ambiguity can leaders stay ahead of What are the limits of traditional management styles? Traditional management styles, often rooted in strict hierarchies and command-and-control approaches, face several limitations in the modern workplace. These styles assume that employees are primarily motivated by financial incentives and that a top-down approach to decision-making is the most effective way to achieve organisational goals. However, these assumptions are outdated and ineffective in motivating today’s employees who seek purpose, shared values, and opportunities for growth and development. Traditional management styles often stifle innovation and adaptability, which are essential for success in today’s rapidly changing business environment. These same leadership styles tend to discourage employee input and creativity, leading to a lack of fresh ideas and solutions. Traditional management structures can also be inflexible and slow to respond to market changes, making it difficult for organisations to stay competitive. Traditional management styles can create barriers to diversity and inclusion, hindering organisations from fully leveraging the talents and perspectives of their workforce. These styles often perpetuate biases and favouritism, creating an environment where employees from underrepresented groups may feel marginalised or undervalued. This not only undermines employee morale and productivity but also limits the organisation’s ability to attract and retain top talent. Essentially, traditional management styles are limited in their ability to motivate employees, foster innovation and adaptability, and create inclusive work environments. To thrive in the modern workplace, organisations need to embrace new leadership approaches that empower employees, promote collaboration, and value diversity and inclusion. How does a new approach to leadership impact teams? When organisations adopt a new approach to leadership, the impact on teams can be transformative. By shifting from traditional, top-down management styles to more collaborative and empowering approaches, leaders can unlock the full potential of their teams and drive exceptional results. It is so necessary to develop leadership skills that can adapt to any situation or need. Various leadership models such as servant leadership, affiliative and democratic styles, and commanding or visionary models contribute to the development of strong leadership skills. One of the most significant impacts of a new leadership approach is the increased employee engagement and collaboration it fosters. When leaders focus on empowering employees, valuing their input, developing leaders and creating a sense of shared purpose, team members become more invested in their work and more willing to contribute their ideas and expertise. This collaborative environment encourages open communication, knowledge sharing, and mutual support, leading to improved problem-solving and decision-making. A new leadership approach empowers employees to take ownership of their work and make decisions. When leaders trust their team members and delegate responsibilities, it instils a sense of autonomy and accountability, motivating employees to take initiative and drive projects forward. This empowerment fosters a culture of continuous learning and improvement, as team members are encouraged to experiment, innovate, and take calculated risks. A new approach to leadership also creates a more positive and productive work environment. By prioritising employee wellbeing, fostering open communication, and promoting a healthy work-life balance, leaders cultivate a supportive and nurturing culture. This positive environment enhances employee morale, reduces stress, and increases job satisfaction, ultimately leading to improved team performance and retention of top talent. In conclusion, a new approach to leadership has a profound impact on teams. By embracing collaboration, empowerment, and a positive work environment, leaders can unlock the collective potential of their teams, driving innovation, achieving results, and fostering a culture of continuous growth and success. This transformative shift in leadership is essential for organisations that seek to thrive in today’s dynamic and competitive business landscape. How does leadership differ in hybrid workplaces? In hybrid workplaces, leadership takes on a unique set of challenges and requires a different approach to effectively manage and motivate employees. One key difference lies in providing consistent support for remote workers. Leaders must ensure that remote employees have the resources and support they need to succeed, including access to necessary technology, clear communication channels, and opportunities for collaboration. Establishing clear expectations and guidelines for remote work is also essential to maintain productivity and accountability. Fostering a culture of trust and accountability is crucial in hybrid work environments. Since remote employees may not be physically present in the office, building trust and ensuring accountability require conscious effort from leaders. Regular check-ins, open communication, and setting clear performance metrics can help maintain a high level of accountability. Additionally, leveraging technology to facilitate communication and collaboration among remote and in-office teams is vital. Video conferencing, project management tools, and instant messaging platforms can help bridge the gap and create a cohesive work environment. Inspirational leaders provide a rich picture of what the future will look like when their visions have been realised. They tell inspiring stories and explain their visions in ways that everyone can relate to. By understanding these key differences and adapting their leadership style accordingly, leaders can be more effective leaders in hybrid work environments. They can create an inclusive and supportive culture that fosters engagement, collaboration, and productivity, regardless of employees’ physical location. In this evolving landscape of leadership, leaders who embrace these changes and adapt their approach will be well-positioned to lead their teams to success in hybrid workplaces. Leadership, in its essence, is about inspiring and guiding individuals to achieve shared goals, and in hybrid workplaces, this takes on a new dimension that requires leaders to embrace technology, build trust, and foster a sense of community among their leadership teams. How should CEOs lead in this new world? CEOs are all-important in shaping the culture and success of their organisations, especially in the modern workplace. To effectively lead in this ever-changing landscape, CEOs must adopt new leadership strategies and embrace a leadership style that prioritises growth, wellbeing, and innovation. Leadership lies in its ability to get things done, allowing for clear communication of vision, uniting teams, fostering creativity and innovation, and ultimately improving the company’s bottom line. First and foremost, CEOs should cultivate a growth mindset, fostering a culture of continuous learning and development. This involves encouraging employees to embrace new challenges, experiment with innovative ideas, and seek out opportunities for professional growth. By providing access to training, mentorship, and resources, CEOs can empower the best leaders on their teams to reach their full potential and drive the organisation forward. Prioritising employee wellbeing is another key aspect of effective leadership in the modern workplace. CEOs should recognise that happy and healthy employees are more productive and engaged. This involves creating a positive and supportive work environment, offering flexible work arrangements, and implementing policies that promote work-life balance. By prioritising employee wellbeing, CEOs can boost morale, reduce turnover, and create a more productive and innovative workforce. Fostering open communication is crucial for building trust and maintaining a healthy organisational culture. CEOs should encourage open dialogue, listen actively to employee feedback, and be transparent in their communication. This creates an environment where employees feel valued, respected, and empowered to share their ideas and concerns. By fostering open communication, CEOs can make informed decisions, address issues promptly, and maintain a positive work atmosphere. Leading by example is a powerful way for CEOs to inspire and motivate their teams. They say successful leaders should embody the values and behaviours they expect from their employees, demonstrating integrity, authenticity, and a commitment to excellence. When CEOs lead by example, they set a high standard of performance and create a culture where employees are inspired to follow suit. This fosters a positive work environment, increases employee engagement, and drives organisational success. Finally, CEOs should continuously invest in learning and development to stay ahead of the curve and adapt to the evolving business landscape. This involves keeping up with industry trends, exploring new technologies and management skills, and seeking out opportunities for personal growth. By continuously learning and developing, CEOs can remain relevant, make informed decisions, and effectively guide their organisations through the challenges and opportunities of the modern workplace. CEOs who embrace a growth mindset, prioritise employee wellbeing, foster open communication, lead by example, and invest in continuous learning can effectively navigate the modern workplace and drive their organisations towards success. By adopting these strategies, CEOs can create a positive and productive work environment that fosters engagement, collaboration, and innovation, ultimately achieving exceptional results and maintaining a competitive edge in today’s dynamic business landscape. What is leadership development? Leadership development is a crucial investment that organisations make to enhance their leadership capabilities. It involves a combination of formal training, practical experiences, various leadership programs and the invaluable guidance of mentors, sponsors, and apprenticeship opportunities. These elements work together to propel individuals toward successful leadership roles within the organisation. Mentorship involves a one-on-one relationship where a more experienced individual (the mentor) shares their knowledge, skills, and insights with a less experienced individual (the mentee). The mentor provides guidance, advice, and support to help the mentee develop their leadership capabilities and navigate the challenges they face. Mentorship is often informal and can occur within or outside the organisation. Sponsorship, on the other hand, is a more structured and influential relationship. Sponsors are typically senior leaders within the organisation who use their influence and resources to support and advocate for the career advancement of their protégés. Sponsors provide visibility, opportunities, and access to networks that can accelerate the protégé’s career growth. Sponsorship is crucial for individuals who aspire to reach higher leadership and management positions. Apprenticeship, in contrast, involves learning a trade or skill under the supervision of a skilled craftsperson or professional. Apprentices work closely with their masters to acquire practical knowledge and expertise in a particular field. This hands-on approach allows apprentices to develop their skills and gain valuable experience that can lead to successful careers. These three approaches to leadership development offer distinct benefits and contribute to the growth of future leaders. Mentorship provides personalised guidance and support, sponsorship accelerates career advancement, and leadership skills while apprenticeship cultivates practical skills and expertise. By embracing these approaches, organisations can build a strong pipeline of talent and develop leaders who are equipped to meet the challenges within business. How do mentorship, sponsorship, and apprenticeship differ? Mentorship, sponsorship, and apprenticeship are three distinct forms of professional development and career growth. While often used interchangeably, each offers unique roles, responsibilities, and benefits. Understanding these differences is crucial for individuals seeking guidance and organisations aiming to foster a culture of learning and growth. Mentorship involves a relationship between a more experienced individual (the mentor) and a less experienced one (the mentee). The mentor provides guidance, advice, and support to help the mentee navigate their career, develop skills, and achieve their goals. Mentorship is often informal and based on shared interests or expertise. Sponsorship, on the other hand, is a more active and influential relationship. Sponsors use their power and influence within an organisation to advocate for and support the career advancement of their protégés. They provide opportunities, visibility, and access to networks that the protégé might not otherwise have. Sponsorship is often formal and involves a commitment from both parties. Apprenticeship is a structured learning experience where an apprentice works closely with a skilled craftsperson or professional to learn a specific trade or skill. Apprenticeships typically involve hands-on training, mentorship, and a formal agreement outlining the terms of the relationship. They provide a pathway to skill development and mastery in various fields. In summary, mentorship focuses on personal and professional development, sponsorship accelerates career advancement, and apprenticeship imparts specialised skills and knowledge. By recognising these distinctions and cultivating these relationships, individuals can unlock their potential, organisations can develop their talent pipeline, and the concept of leadership can be further enhanced.

					What is public administration?
What is public administration?
Public administration and government administration play a major role in shaping our communities and influencing our daily lives. From managing public resources and implementing policies to ensuring efficient governance and societal progress, public administration stands as a vital field that touches every aspect of our society. Throughout our guide, we’ll look at the intricacies of public administration, exploring its definition, significance, historical evolution, and the career opportunities it offers. Public administration: defining the term At its core, public administration is the management of public resources and services. It encompasses a wide range of activities, from the provision of essential services like education, healthcare, and infrastructure to the regulation of industries and the implementation of public policies. A function of public administration is the implementation of public policy. Public policy refers to the decisions and actions taken by governments to address societal issues and achieve desired outcomes. Public administrators are responsible for executing and managing government programs that aim to address societal issues and achieve desired outcomes. Public administrators are essential for translating these policies into concrete actions and programs. They develop and manage budgets, allocate resources, and oversee the implementation process to ensure that policies are effectively carried out. Public administration is also a field of study that focuses on the organisation and management of government agencies. Public administration also encompasses public management, which involves the application of private-sector management techniques to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of government operations. Public administrators analyse and design organisational structures, develop management systems, and implement best practices to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of government operations. They work to ensure that government agencies are responsive to the needs of the public and accountable for their actions. Public administration is essential for the effective functioning of government. Without it, governments would be unable to provide essential services, implement policies, or manage their resources effectively. Public administrators play a vital role in ensuring that governments are transparent, accountable, and responsive to the needs of the public. Public administration is a challenging and rewarding career. It offers opportunities to make a positive impact on society and to work with a diverse group of people. Public administrators have the chance to work on a wide range of issues and projects, from environmental protection to social justice to economic development. They have the opportunity to make a real difference in the world and to leave a lasting legacy. Importance of Public Administration in the Public Sector Public administration is the backbone of modern society, playing a pivotal role in ensuring societal progress and wellbeing. Its significance lies in the wide range of functions it performs, the services it provides, and the tangible impact it has on our daily lives. One of the primary reasons for public administration’s importance is its role as a service provider. It oversees the provision of essential infrastructure, such as roads, bridges, and public transportation, facilitating mobility and economic activity. Public administration also ensures access to quality education and healthcare, empowering citizens to reach their full potential and live fulfilling lives. Beyond service delivery, public administration acts as a catalyst for policy-making and implementation. Through its expertise in public policy analysis and program development, it ensures that policies are well-informed, effective, and responsive to society’s needs. Public administration also plays a crucial role in foreign affairs, managing international assistance and diplomatic efforts. Public administration translates policies into actionable plans and supervises their implementation, bridging the gap between theory and practice. Public administration is also a staunch advocate for transparency, accountability, and ethical governance. It establishes mechanisms for public participation in decision-making processes, ensuring that citizens have a say in matters that affect them. By promoting transparency and integrity, public administration fosters public trust and confidence in the government, strengthening the foundations of democracy and good governance. Public administration is also a key player in economic development and social progress. Public administration often collaborates with international organisations to address global challenges and promote sustainable development. It fosters an environment conducive to business growth and individual aspiration. By developing regulations that protect consumers and promote fair competition, public administration creates a level playing field for economic prosperity. Additionally, it invests in initiatives that address social challenges, such as poverty alleviation, environmental protection, and social welfare programs, promoting a more equitable and compassionate society. To sum it up, public administration is an indispensable field that plays a multifaceted and crucial role in society. Its importance lies in its ability to provide essential services, drive policy-making, foster good governance, contribute to economic development and social progress, and adapt to changing circumstances. Public administration is the basis of a well-functioning society and offers rewarding career opportunities to individuals passionate about making a positive impact on the world. History of Public Administration Public administration has a rich and varied history, with its roots reaching back to the earliest forms of organised governance in ancient civilisations. Throughout history, there have been numerous examples of public administration practices, such as the construction of public works, the collection of taxes, and the provision of essential services. However, it wasn’t until the 19th century that public administration emerged as a distinct field of study. The development of public administration as a discipline was influenced by several key factors, including industrialisation, urbanisation, and the expansion of the welfare state. Industrialisation and urbanisation led to an increase in the complexity of society and a growing demand for public services. The establishment of a higher civil service with rigorous entry requirements and professional training became a hallmark of modern public administration. This, in turn, necessitated the development of more efficient and effective methods of public administration. Additionally, the expansion of the welfare state in the late 19th and early 20th centuries further increased the role of government in society and created a need for professionals who could manage and deliver public programs. In the United States, the Progressive Era played a particularly significant role in shaping the field of public administration. During this period, there was a widespread belief that the government should be more efficient, effective, and responsive to the needs of the people. This led to the development of new approaches to public administration, such as the use of scientific management techniques and the creation of professional associations. One prominent figure in the development of public administration during this time was Woodrow Wilson, who advocated for treating public administration as a separate discipline from politics. Wilson’s ideas helped to establish public administration as a distinct field of study and laid the foundation for its continued growth and development. Today, public administration is a well-established field with a rich history and a wide range of career opportunities. Public administrators play a prominent part in managing public resources, implementing public policies, and ensuring the effective functioning of government. The field continues to evolve and adapt to meet the changing needs of society, and it remains an essential component of modern governance. Types of Public Administration in Government Agencies Public administration encompasses an array of functions and responsibilities, leading to the emergence of various types based on their scope, functions, and levels of government. Each category plays a unique role in managing public affairs and delivering essential services to the community. One primary distinction lies in the functional areas of public administration. Public administration programs provide specialised training in areas such as policy analysis, financial management, and human resources management. These areas include general administration, financial management, human resources management, policy analysis, and program evaluation. Each functional area requires specialised expertise and knowledge, to ensure the effective and efficient operation of public organisations. Another classification of public administration is based on the level of government. Public administration can be categorised as federal, state, or local. Federal public administration pertains to the management of public affairs at the national level. State public administration focuses on the administration of public programs and services within individual states. Local public administration, on the other hand, deals with the management of public resources and services at the city or county level. Public administration can also be categorised based on its scope and focus. For instance, there is public administration in the areas of education, healthcare, transportation, environmental protection, and public safety. Each of these specialised fields requires a deep understanding of the specific sector’s policies, regulations, and challenges. Understanding these different types of public administration is crucial for grasping the complexities and diversity of the field. Each category contributes to the effective functioning of government and the provision of essential services that impact the lives of citizens daily. What Can I Do With a Public Administration Programs Degree? With a public administration degree, you’ll have the opportunity to embark on a diverse and fulfilling career path that allows you to make a meaningful impact on society. The skills and knowledge you acquire in public administration, such as policy analysis, budgeting, and project management, are highly sought after in various sectors beyond traditional government agencies. Let’s explore some exciting career options that await you with a public administration degree. In the public sector, you can work at the local, state, or federal level, contributing to policy development and implementation. You might find yourself managing community development programs, overseeing public works projects, or analysing data to inform policy decisions. If you’re passionate about advocacy and community service, non-profit organisations offer opportunities to work on causes close to your heart, such as environmental protection, social welfare, or education. Beyond the public and non-profit sectors, the private sector also values the skills of public administration graduates. Many companies seek individuals with a deep understanding of public policy and regulations to navigate complex business environments. You could work in human resources, public relations, or consulting, providing valuable insights and strategies to organisations looking to engage with the public sector or manage their social responsibilities. If you’re drawn to academia, a public administration degree can prepare you for a rewarding career as a professor or researcher, contributing to the advancement of knowledge in the field. Additionally, international development organisations offer opportunities to work on projects that address global challenges and promote sustainable development. A background in international relations can be particularly valuable for those looking to work on global public administration projects and diplomatic initiatives. With your public administration expertise, you can make a difference on a global scale, supporting communities in need and fostering positive change. Remember, these are just a few examples of the many career paths available to public administration graduates. With your passion, dedication, and the versatile skills you gain, you can shape your career to create positive change in any sector that interests you. Embrace the opportunities that await you and embark on a journey of impactful public service or leadership in the private sector. Public Administrators Career Outlook The field of public administration offers a compelling career outlook for professionals seeking meaningful and impactful work. The demand for skilled public administrators is growing steadily due to the increasing complexity of public policies, the need for effective resource management, and the emphasis on improving public services. This demand creates a favourable job market with ample opportunities for career advancement and specialisation. Public administration professionals are rewarded with competitive salaries that reflect the importance of their roles in society. The compensation packages often include benefits such as health insurance, retirement plans, and professional development opportunities. The financial rewards of a public administration career, combined with the intrinsic satisfaction of making a positive difference, make it an attractive choice for individuals seeking both personal and professional fulfilment. The diverse work settings in public administration offer a wide range of opportunities to match individual interests and skills. Public administrators may work in federal, state, or local government agencies, as well as in nonprofit organisations and international institutions. They may specialise in areas such as public policy, budgeting, human resources, urban planning, or environmental management. This variety of work environments ensures that public administration professionals can find roles that align with their passions and expertise. One of the most rewarding aspects of a public administration career is the chance to make a positive impact on society. Public administrators play a crucial role in shaping public policies, implementing programs, and managing resources that directly affect the lives of citizens. They have the opportunity to address pressing social challenges, promote equity and justice, and contribute to the overall wellbeing of their communities. The sense of fulfilment that comes from making a meaningful difference in the world is a key motivator for many public administration professionals. Public administration also offers excellent opportunities for career growth and advancement. With experience and proven competence, public administrators can move up the ranks within their organisations or pursue leadership positions in other sectors. The transferable skills and knowledge gained in public administration, such as policy analysis, project management, and communication, are highly valued across various fields. This opens up possibilities for career diversification and further professional development. The public administration career outlook is bright, with growing demand, competitive salaries, diverse work settings, opportunities for societal impact, and potential for advancement. It is a rewarding field that attracts professionals who are passionate about making a positive difference and shaping a better future for their communities. For those seeking a meaningful and impactful career, public administration offers a compelling path to professional success and personal fulfilment. Frequently Asked Questions about Public Administration To deepen our understanding of public administration, let’s delve into some frequently asked questions about this multifaceted field. One common query is the distinction between public administration and political science. While both disciplines are concerned with governance, public administration focuses on the practical aspects of managing public resources and implementing policies. Political science, on the other hand, examines the theoretical foundations of government and political behaviour. Public administrators are the ones who put policies into action, while political scientists analyse and critique the systems that produce those policies. Another question that arises is the nature of challenges faced by public administration in today’s world. In an era of globalisation, technological advancements, and rapidly evolving societal expectations, public administration must adapt to keep pace with these changes. Balancing the demand for efficiency with the need for inclusivity and social justice poses a significant challenge. Additionally, the increasing complexity of public policy issues, such as climate change and healthcare, requires public administrators to possess a broad range of expertise. Many individuals are curious about the diverse career paths available in public administration. The field offers a wide array of opportunities, from policymaking and program implementation to budgeting and project management. Public administrators can work in various settings, including government agencies, non-profit organisations, and private sector entities involved in public service delivery. Some specialised roles within public administration include urban planning, public finance, human resources management, and international development. To be successful in public administration, certain essential skills are required. Effective leadership is crucial for managing teams and achieving organisational goals. Analytical thinking and problem-solving abilities are necessary for navigating complex policy issues. Strong communication skills are vital for interacting with stakeholders, building consensus, and conveying ideas effectively. Additionally, an understanding of budgeting, financial management, and research methods is often advantageous. Finally, it is worth considering the future of public administration and how it may evolve in the coming years. Emerging trends, such as the rise of digital governance, open data, and citizen participation, are reshaping the way public services are delivered. Technological innovations, including artificial intelligence and blockchain, have the potential to transform public administration processes. As society continues to grapple with complex challenges, public administration will play an increasingly critical role in shaping a more responsive, inclusive, and effective government. By exploring these frequently asked questions, we gain a deeper appreciation for the multifaceted nature of public administration and its vital role in shaping our communities and society at large.

					50 Sales Statistics that Reveal How Great Teams Sell
50 Sales Statistics that Reveal How Great Teams Sell
Read on to discover the most important sales statistics that reveal how the greatest teams are pushing forward. The data shows there are many bright spots to be found, but a nuanced picture emerges when we look more closely. Yes, revenue is up, but reps are struggling to meet quota. AI is yielding benefits, but data concerns remain. Employee retention is high, but fragile and dependent on high pay.Sales statistics about revenue growthIn the previous State of Sales report, conducted during the pandemic, 82% of sales professionals said they had to quickly adapt to new ways of selling in the face of economic headwinds. Today, that hard work has paid off. Sales are growing this year, partly thanks to recurring revenue and partner sales.Growth is on the rise1. 79% of sales leaders and managers say revenue increased over the past year.2. 78% of sales leaders and managers say new customer acquisition increased over the past year.3. 82% of sales leaders and managers feel confident about their company’s 12-month growth strategy4. The top 3 tactics for growth among sales leaders: Improving sales enablement and training, targeting new markets, and improving use of tools and technologies.One-off sales take a back seat to recurring revenue5. Over 90% of sales teams use more than one revenue source.6. 42% of sales leaders and managers say recurring sales is their top revenue source.7. Sales leaders and managers say one-off sales is their third top revenue source, after recurring sales, upsells, and cross-sells.Within 12 months, nearly every company expects to use partner sales8. 83% of sales pros say partner selling has a bigger impact on revenue than a year ago.9. 89% of sales teams currently use partner sales.10. Of those sales teams who don’t use partner sales, 58% expect to within a year.Sales statistics about challengesChanging customer expectations is the number one challenge today. Increasing marketplace competition is adding to the squeeze. Meanwhile, buyers are demanding more personalization than before. But even as sellers are asked to deliver more value, they get trapped in non-selling tasks.Sellers feel the pressure11. 67% of sales reps don’t expect to meet their quota this year, and 84% missed it last year.12. 53% of sales pros say it’s harder to sell than a year ago.Changing customer expectations and marketplace competition are coming in hot13. Sales leaders and managers say their top challenge is changing customer needs and expectations (for example, demanding lower costs, deeper understanding, and greater value).14. 57% of sales leaders and managers say competition has increased since last year.15. Similarly, macroeconomic conditions and inflation still pose a major challenge but is decreasing, with 27% of sales leaders and managers saying it’s a challenge compared to 39% in 2022.16. 78% of business buyers say their company is more careful about spending money than before.*17. 76% of business buyers say their company extracts maximum value from every purchase.**This data comes from the LIKE.TG State of the Connected Customer report.Buyers demand personalization*18. 86% of business buyers are more likely to buy if companies understand their goals.19. But 59% say most sales reps don’t take the time to understand them.20. 84% of business buyers expect sales reps to act as trusted advisors.21. But 73% say most sales interactions feel transactional.*The data in this section comes from from the LIKE.TG State of the Connected Customer report.Sales reps still have productivity woes22. Reps spend 70% of their time on nonselling tasks — a figure that is virtually unchanged from the 2022 State of Sales report, when reps spent 72% of their time on nonselling tasks.23. The tasks that take the most time to complete are meeting customer budget needs, personalizing communication, and building a strong personal relationships.Sales statistics about data and AIFour in five sales teams use AI today. As adoption becomes widespread, sales teams are experiencing powerful benefits like accelerated growth and productivity gains. But data concerns like trust and training gaps are preventing teams from making the most out of AI, and many sales pros fear they’re missing out.Sales teams are benefiting from AI, but obstacles remain29. 81% of sales teams are investing in AI. Of those, about half are experimenting with AI and the other half have fully implemented it.30. 83% of sales teams with AI saw revenue growth in the past year — versus 66% of teams without AI.31. The top 3 areas that AI is improving are sales data quality and accuracy, understanding customer needs, and personalization for customers.32. AI-using sales teams are 1.4x more likely to say headcount increased over the past year33. 33% of sales ops pros using AI say they have insufficient budget, headcount, and training on how to use it.34. Among teams currently using AI, sales ops pros say the top tactic to prepare is to consolidate tools and tech stacks.The focus turns to building a foundation of trustworthy data35. 98% of sales leaders say trustworthy data is more important in times of change.*36. 94% of sales leaders say their organization should be getting more value from their data.*37. 78% of sales leaders say they’re concerned about missing out on generative AI.*38. Only 35% of sales professionals completely trust the accuracy of their organization’s data.39. 73% of sales pros say generative AI introduces new security risks.**40. 49% of sales pros say they’re not sure how to safely use generative AI at work.**41. 39% of sales pros say accurate forecasting is hindered by poor data quality.**42. Among sales pros who don’t trust their organization’s data, 38% say the reason is incompleteness, 37% say it’s because it’s stored in multiple formats, and 37% say it’s because it’s not regularly updated.***This data comes from the LIKE.TG Trends in Data and Analytics for Sales report.**This data comes from the LIKE.TG Trends in Generative AI for Sales report.Sales statistics about enablement and trainingSales teams are improving their training programs for direct sellers and partners alike, a key strategy for delivering more value to customers. Most reps say their company’s enablement programs prepare them to meet quota, rating these activities as the most impactful: support materials, product-specific training, and one-on-one coaching.Enablement is the top tactic for growth24. The number one growth tactic for sales leaders and managers is improving sales enablement and training.25. The top enablement activity is sales strategy reviews, which 53% of sales teams use. The least popular activity is one-on-one meetings with managers, which only 32% have regularly.Enablement helps reps meet quota, but isn’t perfect26. 76% of reps say their enablement prepares them to make quota.27. But only 29% of reps say they are completely satisfied with enablement materials.Enablement gets a lift from AI28. Among sales teams who use AI for enablement, 70% offer real-time selling guidance, 67% offer customized enablement for individual reps, and 47% offer call coaching.Sales statistics about the employee experienceWhile employee retention has grown overall, it remains fragile. Sales pros say the top reason they’d consider changing jobs is a lack of career advancement opportunities, and the second top reason is uncompetitive pay or benefits.43. 76% of reps say leadership makes employee satisfaction a priority at their company.44. Sales teams report an 18% average turnover over the last 12 months — down from 25% in 2022.45. 81% of sales professionals say their pay has increased over the past year.46. 82% of sales reps saying they understand which metrics affect their pay.47. 71% of sales leaders and managers say overall budget is up.48. 63% of sales leaders and managers say employee headcount is up.49. 64% of sales professionals say they would leave if offered a similar job elsewhere with better pay.50. The top reasons why sales reps are considering leaving their current job are lack of career advancement, lack of clarity from leadership, and uncompetitive pay.

					ERP vs CRM: What’s the Difference?
ERP vs CRM: What’s the Difference?
Leveraging technology to streamline operations and enhance customer experiences has become increasingly important as the business space becomes progressively more saturated and competitive. Customer relationship management (CRM) and enterprise resource planning (ERP) emerge as indispensable software solutions that empower businesses to achieve these goals. While CRM focuses on nurturing customer interactions and relationships, ERP streamlines internal processes, encompassing varied aspects such as supply chain management, inventory control, and financial management. Understanding the unique strengths and potential synergies of CRM and ERP is necessary for businesses seeking to thrive in the digital age. We’ll take a look into the intricacies of CRM and ERP integration, highlighting their distinct features, benefits and the transformative power of their integration. What is Customer Relationship Management? Within the business space, as it is today, it’s no longer enough to provide an exceptional product or service simply. Now, you must also showcase and maintain unmatched customer service to gain an edge over competitors. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) software has quickly become a powerful tool that helps businesses manage and nurture these relationships effectively. CRM systems serve as centralised platforms that capture, organise, and analyse customer interactions and data, providing businesses with valuable insights into their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours. CRM systems facilitate the efficient management of customer information, encompassing contact details, purchase history, support requests, and communication history. This comprehensive data repository empowers businesses to deliver personalised and targeted customer experiences, fostering loyalty and driving business growth. Additionally, CRM systems automate various tasks associated with managing customer data and interactions, such as sending marketing emails, tracking customer support tickets, and generating reports. These automation capabilities streamline operations, freeing up valuable time and resources that can be redirected towards enhancing customer engagement and satisfaction. By leveraging CRM systems, businesses gain a competitive edge by improving customer service, boosting sales, and optimising marketing efforts. These systems provide a holistic view of customer interactions, enabling businesses to make informed decisions, build stronger relationships, and ultimately drive business success. What is ERP? In business management, the concept of ERP, or Enterprise Resource Planning, emerges as a transformative force, revolutionising how organisations manage their operations. Unlike customer relationship management (CRM) systems, which focus on interactions with external clients, ERP systems serve as comprehensive hubs, integrating various departments and functions within a company. This centralised approach allows for seamless coordination and resource management, streamlining business processes and fostering overall operational excellence. ERP systems encompass a diverse range of modules, catering to critical business areas such as accounting and finance, supply chain management, manufacturing, human resources, project management, and more. These modules act as interconnected components, seamlessly communicating and sharing data in real-time. This interconnectedness empowers businesses with the ability to gain instant insights into their operations, enabling informed decision-making and strategic planning. One of the key benefits of ERP systems lies in their ability to automate repetitive tasks, significantly reducing the burden of manual labour and enhancing operational efficiency. By eliminating data silos and ensuring a consistent flow of information across the organisation, ERP systems foster collaboration and communication among different departments. This interconnectedness breaks down barriers, allowing for a streamlined exchange of ideas and resources, ultimately driving organisational success. The implementation of ERP systems provides businesses with a multitude of advantages, including optimised processes, reduced costs, and a distinct competitive edge. By offering a holistic view of the organisation’s performance, ERP systems empower data-driven decision-making and strategic planning, ensuring that businesses remain agile and responsive to market dynamics. In today’s fast-paced business landscape, ERP systems stand as indispensable tools, enabling organisations to thrive in an increasingly competitive environment. CRM Benefits CRM software offers numerous benefits that can significantly enhance a business’s operations, customer satisfaction, and overall success. Here are some of the key benefits of using CRM solutions and systems: Improved customer service: CRM systems provide businesses with a centralised platform to manage customer interactions, ensuring that customers receive prompt and personalised assistance. By accessing customer information and interaction history, support teams can quickly address customer queries and concerns, leading to higher customer satisfaction and loyalty. Increased customer retention: CRM systems enable businesses to gain a deeper understanding of their customers’ needs and preferences. This knowledge empowers businesses to tailor their products, services, and marketing strategies to meet customer expectations, resulting in increased customer retention and repeat business. Automated sales and marketing processes: CRM systems automate various sales and marketing tasks, such as lead generation, contact management, email campaigns, and sales forecasting. This automation streamlines workflows, reduces manual labour, and allows sales and marketing teams to focus on more strategic activities that drive revenue growth. Valuable insights into customer behaviour: CRM systems collect and analyse vast amounts of customer data, providing businesses with valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. This information enables businesses to make data-driven decisions, optimise their marketing campaigns, and develop targeted strategies to attract and retain customers. Enhanced collaboration and communication: CRM systems foster collaboration and communication between different departments within an organisation, ensuring customer-related information is seamlessly shared. This alignment improves the overall customer experience and allows businesses to respond to customer needs more effectively. Increased profitability: By leveraging CRM systems, businesses can optimise their sales and marketing efforts, and sales cycle, leading to increased revenue generation. Additionally, the automation of tasks and improved customer retention contribute to cost savings, resulting in enhanced profitability for the business. Overall, CRM systems provide a comprehensive suite of tools and functionalities that empower businesses to manage customer relationships effectively, deliver exceptional customer service, and drive business growth. ERP Benefits Enterprise resource planning (ERP) software can help businesses improve efficiency, productivity, and profitability in a number of ways. By streamlining business processes across multiple departments, ERP systems can help businesses reduce costs, improve customer service, and make better decisions. One of the key benefits of ERP systems is their ability to automate repetitive tasks, which can significantly reduce the burden of manual labour and free up employees to focus on more strategic tasks. For example, ERP systems can automate tasks such as order processing, inventory management, and financial reporting. This can save businesses time and money, and it can also help to improve accuracy and consistency. Another benefit of ERP systems is their ability to improve decision-making. By providing businesses with a single source of truth for all of their data, ERP systems can help them to make better decisions about how to allocate resources, manage inventory, and serve customers. For example, ERP systems can help businesses to identify trends in customer demand, which can help them to make better decisions about what products to produce or sell. ERP systems can also help businesses to improve customer service. By providing customer service representatives with access to all of the information they need about a customer, ERP systems can help them to resolve customer issues quickly and efficiently. This can lead to increased customer satisfaction and loyalty. Finally, ERP systems can help businesses to reduce costs. By automating repetitive tasks and improving decision-making, ERP systems can help businesses to save time and money. Additionally, ERP systems can help businesses to identify and eliminate waste, which can further reduce costs. What is the Difference Between CRM and ERP? CRM and ERP systems are both essential business software solutions, but they serve different purposes and cater to different aspects of business operations. CRM systems are primarily focused on managing customer interactions and relationships. They provide businesses with a central platform to store and analyse customer data, track customer interactions, and manage sales and marketing campaigns. These CRM tools and systems help businesses understand their customers, personalise their experiences, and provide exceptional customer service. On the other hand, ERP systems are more comprehensive and encompass a wider range of business functions. They integrate various modules such as accounting and finance, supply chain management, manufacturing, financial and operational systems, human resources, and project management. ERP systems provide businesses with a holistic view of their operations, streamline processes, and facilitate collaboration between different departments. The key difference between CRM and ERP systems lies in their scope and focus. CRM systems are customer-centric, while ERP systems are business-wide. CRM systems help businesses manage customer relationships, while ERP systems help businesses manage all aspects of their operations. In terms of users, CRM systems are primarily used by sales, marketing, and customer service teams. ERP systems, on the other hand, are used by a wider range of users across different departments, including finance, accounting, operations, and human resources. Both CRM and ERP systems can provide significant benefits to businesses. CRM systems can improve customer satisfaction, increase sales, and optimise marketing efforts. ERP systems can streamline operations, reduce costs, and improve decision-making. For businesses looking to improve their customer relationships and sales performance, a CRM system is a valuable investment. For businesses looking to optimise their operations and gain a holistic view of their business, an ERP system is the better choice. CRM and ERP Similarities Although CRM and ERP are distinct software applications, they share several similarities. Both systems help businesses manage and organise data, track customer interactions and sales, generate reports and analytics, and integrate with other business applications. Ultimately, both CRM and ERP can be used to improve customer service and satisfaction. One of the key similarities between CRM and ERP is their focus on data management. Both systems collect and store data about customers, sales, and other business operations. This data can then be used to generate reports and analytics, which can help businesses make informed decisions about how to improve their operations. Another similarity between CRM and ERP is their ability to track customer interactions and sales. CRM systems track customer interactions, such as phone calls, emails, and website visits. ERP systems track sales, such as orders, invoices, and payments. This information can be used to improve customer service and sales performance. Finally, both CRM and ERP systems can be integrated with other business applications. This allows businesses to share data between different systems and improve their overall efficiency. For example, a CRM system can be integrated with an ERP system to share customer data, or an ERP system can be integrated with a financial management system to share financial data. By understanding the similarities between CRM and ERP, businesses can make informed decisions about which system is right for them. CRM systems are best suited for businesses that need to manage customer interactions and sales. ERP systems are best suited for businesses that need to manage all aspects of their operations. Do I need CRM or ERP or both? Whether you need CRM, ERP, or both depends on several factors, including the size of your business, the nature of your industry, and your specific business goals. If you are a small business with a relatively simple operation, you may be able to get by with just a CRM system. CRM systems can help you track customer interactions, manage sales opportunities, and provide customer service. However, if your business is larger or more complex, you may need an ERP system to manage all aspects of your operations, including accounting, finance, inventory, and manufacturing. Here are some factors to consider when deciding whether you need an CRM or ERP system, or both: The size of your business: CRM systems are typically more suitable for small businesses with a relatively simple operation. ERP systems are better suited for larger businesses with more complex operations. The nature of your industry: CRM systems are particularly beneficial for businesses in the sales, marketing, and customer service industries. ERP systems are better suited for businesses in the manufacturing, distribution, and retail industries. Your specific business goals: CRM systems can help you improve customer service, increase sales, and grow your business. ERP systems can help you improve efficiency, reduce costs, and make better decisions. If you are unsure whether you need CRM, ERP, or both, it is a good idea to consult with a business software expert. They can help you assess your needs and recommend the best software solution for your business. Ultimately, the best way to decide whether you need CRM, ERP, or both is to evaluate your business needs and goals. If you are still not sure which software solution is right for you, it is a good idea to consult with a business software expert. They can help you assess your needs and recommend the best software solution for your business. Key Features of ERP vs. CRM CRM and ERP systems offer a range of features that cater to the specific needs of their respective users. CRM systems prioritise customer-facing functions, such as contact management, sales tracking, and customer service. These features enable businesses to centralise customer data, streamline communication, and deliver personalised experiences. ERP systems, on the other hand, focus on managing internal operations. They encompass modules for financial management, supply chain management, inventory control, and project management. These features help businesses optimise their processes, reduce costs, and make informed decisions based on real-time data. The key features of CRM systems include: Contact management: Centralises customer information, including contact details, interactions, and preferences, providing a comprehensive view of customer relationships. Sales tracking: Allows sales teams to track leads, opportunities, and deals, enabling them to monitor progress and identify potential roadblocks. Customer service: Offers tools for managing outstanding customer service tickets, inquiries, complaints, and feedback, ensuring prompt and effective resolution. Marketing automation: Streamlines marketing campaigns, automates tasks, and personalised customer communications. Analytics and reporting: Provides insights into customer behaviour, sales performance, and overall business metrics, aiding decision-making. The key features of ERP systems include: Financial management: Manages financial transactions, accounts payable and receivable, budgeting, risk management and forecasting, providing a clear financial picture of the business. Supply chain management: Optimises the flow of goods and services, from procurement to delivery, ensuring efficient inventory management and timely fulfilment. Inventory control: Tracks inventory levels, reorder points, and warehouse locations, minimising stockouts and optimising storage space. Project management: Facilitates project planning, resource allocation, scheduling, and progress tracking, ensuring successful project execution. Business intelligence: Offers advanced analytics and reporting capabilities, allowing businesses to analyse data, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions. These features in both CRM and ERP systems cater to diverse user groups within an organisation. CRM systems are primarily used by sales, marketing, and customer service teams, while ERP systems serve a broader range of users, including finance, accounting, operations, and human resources departments. Integration of ERP and CRM Systems Integrating ERP and CRM systems can provide businesses with a unified view of their data and improve their ability to deliver exceptional customer service. This section will discuss the benefits of integrating ERP and CRM systems, including improved data management and consistency, enhanced customer service, lower customer acquisition costs, streamlined order management, and accurate inventory management. By integrating ERP and CRM systems, businesses can ensure that customer information is consistent across all departments. This means that sales reps, marketing, and customer service teams will have access to the same up-to-date customer data, which can lead to improved customer service and increased sales. For example, if a customer calls in with a question about their order, the customer service representative will be able to access the customer’s order history and provide them with the information they need. In addition to improving customer service, integrating ERP and CRM software systems can also help businesses streamline their order management process. When sales orders are created in the CRM system, they can be automatically transferred to the ERP system, which can then generate invoices and ship orders. This can save businesses time and money by eliminating the need for manual data entry. Finally, integrating ERP and CRM systems can help businesses improve their inventory management. By having a single view of inventory levels, businesses can avoid stockouts and overstocking. This can lead to increased sales and reduced costs. In conclusion, integrating ERP and CRM systems can provide businesses with a number of benefits, including improved data management and consistency across operational systems, enhanced customer service, streamlined order management, and accurate inventory management. By integrating these two systems, businesses can improve their operational efficiency and profitability. LIKE.TG ERP integration and CRM Businesses seeking to enhance customer service and operational efficiency can benefit greatly from integrating LIKE.TG’s CRM and ERP solutions. LIKE.TG CRM excels in managing customer interactions and fostering relationships, while LIKE.TG ERP seamlessly handles various business operations. Integrating these systems provides a comprehensive view of customers, enhancing customer service solutions and the ability to deliver personalised and exceptional service. One significant advantage of this integration lies in automating customer service processes. When customers reach out with inquiries, representatives can swiftly access account and order information within LIKE.TG CRM, ensuring prompt and accurate responses. Moreover, LIKE.TG ERP’s inventory tracking and shipping data empower sales representatives to furnish customers with up-to-date order information, fostering trust and satisfaction. This integration also elevates sales processes by identifying high-potential customers through data analysis of customer interactions and sales history. Armed with this knowledge, businesses can target personalised marketing campaigns, increasing the likelihood of conversions and revenue growth. Additionally, LIKE.TG ERP’s sales order management and inventory tracking capabilities ensure that businesses maintain adequate stock levels, preventing missed sales opportunities. The synergy of LIKE.TG CRM and ERP delivers numerous benefits, including superior customer service, increased sales, and reduced operational costs. By presenting a unified customer data view, these systems empower businesses to make informed decisions, optimise processes, and provide a customer experience that stands out in today’s competitive landscape. Embracing this integration is a strategic move towards sustained growth and customer loyalty. Businesses seeking to thrive in the modern marketplace should consider integrating LIKE.TG CRM and ERP solutions. The advantages they offer, such as streamlined customer service, data-driven sales strategies, and operational efficiency, contribute to long-term success and customer satisfaction.

					Rule the Market: 9 Retail Pricing Strategies 2024
Rule the Market: 9 Retail Pricing Strategies 2024
Pricing is everything in retail. Understanding price elasticity, or how price changes affect demand, is so important for setting effective retail pricing strategies. Get it right, and you can drive sales, profit margin and customer loyalty; get it wrong, and you can quickly lose out to your competitors. Adopting a competitive pricing strategy, which involves setting prices based on market conditions to offer the lowest possible prices and monitoring competitors’ prices, can be effective but may also affect profits and customer perceptions. But with so many different pricing strategies to choose from, how do you know which one is right for your business? Within this guide, we’ll explore 9 common pricing strategies that small businesses can use to succeed in 2024. From value-based and competition-based pricing to penetration and psychological pricing, we’ll cover it all. We’ll also provide real-world examples and expert insights to help you find the perfect pricing strategy for your target market and business goals. So, whether you’re just starting out or you’re looking to take your business to the next level, read on to learn how to rule the market with your pricing strategy. 9 Common Pricing Strategies for Small Businesses Selecting the right pricing strategy is a game-changer within retail. To assist you in this decision, we present 9 effective discount pricing strategies that can propel your small business to success in 2024. From value-driven approaches to psychological tactics, we’ve got you covered. Value-Based Pricing: This strategy revolves around setting prices based on the perceived value of your product or service to the customer. By understanding your target market’s preferences and willingness to pay, you can determine a price that aligns with their perceived benefits. For instance, if you offer a unique and high-quality product that solves a specific problem, you can command a premium price. Competition-Based Pricing: Keeping an eye on your competitors’ pricing is essential. By setting your prices in line with or slightly below theirs, you can attract customers looking for a competitive deal. However, avoid engaging in wholesale price wars, as this can erode your profits. Instead, focus on differentiating your offerings through superior quality, customer service, or unique features. Cost-Plus Pricing: This straightforward method involves adding a markup to the cost of producing your product or service to determine the selling price. While it ensures you cover your expenses and make a profit, cost-plus pricing may not always reflect the market value of your offerings. To strike a balance, consider market demand and customer willingness to pay before finalising your prices. Penetration Pricing: If you’re looking to quickly capture market share, penetration pricing can be a powerful tool. By setting your prices significantly lower than the competition, you can entice customers to try your product or service. Once you’ve established a customer base, you can gradually increase your prices to more profitable levels. Loss Leader Pricing: Loss leader pricing involves setting a low price on a popular item to attract customers, with the expectation that they will purchase additional items at regular prices. This strategy can drive traffic and increase overall sales. Psychological Pricing: This strategy taps into the psychology of consumers to influence their perceptions of higher price or value. Techniques such as setting prices just below a round number (e.g., $9.99 instead of $10) or using odd-numbered prices can create the illusion of a better deal. Additionally, offering discounts, limited-time offers, or free shipping can further enhance the perceived value of your products or services. Bundle Pricing: Bundle pricing, also known as multiple pricing, involves selling a group of products for a single price, such as a three-pack of socks or a five-pack of underwear. Retailers use bundle pricing to streamline marketing campaigns and attract customers. However, it can impact the sale of individual items and may lead to cognitive dissonance among consumers. Keystone Pricing: Keystone pricing is a product pricing strategy in which the retail price is doubled based on the wholesale cost paid for a product. It is a simple approach to pricing, often used for products considered to be necessity items. However, it may not work for all items and could potentially lead to overpricing or underselling. Price Skimming: Price skimming involves setting a high initial price for a new or innovative product and gradually lowering it over time. This strategy helps maximise profits from early adopters before targeting more price-sensitive customers. How to choose a pricing strategy Selecting the right Retail Pricing Strategy is necessary for the success of your business. Several factors come into play when determining the optimal pricing strategy. Here are key considerations to guide your decision-making process: Understand Your Target Market: Begin by thoroughly understanding your target market’s preferences, needs, and willingness to pay. Conduct market research to gain insights into their price sensitivity, purchasing behaviour, and the value they place on your products or services. Assessing price sensitivity, or how responsive consumers are to changes in price, can provide valuable insights into setting optimal prices. This knowledge empowers you to set prices that resonate with your customers and align with their perceived value. Align with Business Goals: Your pricing strategy should directly support your business goals. Whether you prioritise maximising profits, increasing market share, or enhancing customer loyalty, your pricing decisions should reflect these objectives. For instance, if customer acquisition is a primary goal, consider implementing a penetration pricing strategy to attract new customers. Conduct a Cost Analysis: Accurately calculate the costs associated with producing and delivering your products or services. This includes direct costs such as raw materials, labour, and shipping, as well as indirect costs like rent, utilities, and marketing expenses. A complete cost analysis ensures that your pricing covers all expenses and contributes to your business’s profitability. Research Competitors’ Strategies: Analyse the pricing strategies of your competitors to gain valuable insights into market trends and customer preferences. While it’s not advisable to base your pricing solely on competitors’ prices, understanding their approach can help you position your products or services effectively and identify opportunities for differentiation. Consider using the manufacturer-suggested retail price (MSRP) as a baseline for creating your pricing strategies and standardising prices across retailers. Test Different Pricing Approaches: Don’t hesitate to experiment with different pricing strategies to determine what works best for your business. Implement A/B testing or conduct market surveys to assess customer response to various price points. This data-driven approach allows you to make conscious decisions about your pricing strategy and optimise it for maximum success. By considering these factors and adapting your pricing strategy accordingly, you can effectively position your business in the market, drive sales, and achieve your business goals. Remember, the right pricing strategy is one that strikes a balance between customer value, cost coverage, and business profitability. Competitive pricing strategy examples To gain a deeper understanding of these pricing strategies, let’s explore real-world examples of their implementation. 1. Cost-Plus Pricing: Example: A boutique adds a 50% markup to its clothing items, which includes the cost of materials, labour, and overhead expenses. 2. Value-Based Pricing: Example: An electronics store charges a premium price for a high-end smartphone due to its advanced features and brand recognition. 3. Competition-Based Pricing: Example: A grocery store matches the prices of its competitors to remain competitive in the local market. 4. Penetration Pricing: Example: A new coffee shop offers discounted prices for a limited time to attract customers and establish a loyal customer base. 5. Psychological Pricing: Example: A clothing store prices its items at Retail Pricing Strategies just below a whole number (e.g., $9.99 instead of $10.00) to create the perception of a better deal. Additionally, displaying a discounted price alongside the original price can enhance this perception by highlighting the savings. 6. Dynamic Pricing: Example: An airline adjusts ticket prices based on demand, time of booking, and competition to maximise revenue. 7. Premium Pricing: Example: A luxury car brand sets high prices for its vehicles to reflect their superior quality and exclusivity, attracting affluent customers. These examples demonstrate how businesses across various industries apply different Retail Pricing Strategies to achieve their specific goals. By carefully considering customer perceptions, market dynamics, and business objectives, retailers can leverage these strategies to optimise their pricing approach and drive business success. Finding the best pricing strategy for you So, you’ve familiarised yourself with the various retail and wholesale pricing strategies available. Now, it’s time to embark on a journey to discover the pricing strategy that resonates most effectively with your retail business. This involves a holistic approach that encompasses several crucial considerations. First and foremost, it’s essential to gain a strong understanding of your target market and their willingness to pay. Conduct thorough market research to decipher their preferences, purchasing patterns, and the value they associate with your products or services. This knowledge acts as a fundamental principle for crafting a pricing strategy that aligns seamlessly with their expectations. Next, take a deeper look into your business’s cost structure, meticulously evaluating all expenses incurred during production, distribution, and marketing. This analysis will provide a clear picture of your break-even point, ensuring that your pricing strategy safeguards profitability while remaining competitive. It’s all-important to conduct a meticulous competitor analysis, examining the competitive pricing strategies employed by your industry peers. Identify their strengths and weaknesses, and leverage this knowledge to position your pricing effectively within the competitive landscape. Consider using price anchoring, where a higher-priced item is placed next to a lower-priced item to make the latter appear more attractive, to influence customer perception and drive sales. Lastly, don’t shy away from experimentation. Test different pricing strategies on a small scale before committing to a long-term approach. This hands-on approach will provide valuable insights into customer response, allowing you to refine your pricing strategy until you discover the perfect formula for success. Remember, the retail landscape is ever-changing, and customer preferences are constantly evolving. So it’s imperative to regularly review and adjust your pricing strategy based on market conditions and customer feedback. This proactive approach will ensure that your own discount pricing strategy always remains relevant, competitive, and aligned with your business goals, ultimately leading to sustained success in the ever-evolving retail industry. Finding the best Retail Pricing Strategy for your business is a process of exploration, analysis, and adaptation. By meticulously considering your target market, costs, competition, and customer feedback, you can craft a dynamic pricing strategy that propels your retail business to new heights of profitability and customer satisfaction. Pricing strategy FAQ As you navigate the dynamic landscape of retail pricing, it’s natural to encounter questions that may influence your approach. Let’s address some frequently asked questions to clarify key aspects of pricing strategies: How do I assess the effectiveness of my current pricing strategy? Evaluating your current pricing strategy is necessary for identifying areas of improvement. Here are a few metrics to consider: Sales Volume: Monitor changes in sales volume over time. A consistent increase or decrease can indicate the effectiveness or ineffectiveness of your pricing. Customer Feedback: Gather input from customers through surveys, reviews, or direct conversations. Understand their perceptions of your pricing compared to competitors and the value they associate with your products. Profit Margins: Analyse your profit margins to determine the profitability of your pricing strategy. Ensure that your prices cover production costs and allow for sustainable growth. How can I implement pricing changes without losing customers? Implementing pricing changes requires a delicate balance to minimise customer churn. Here are some strategies to consider: Communicate Clearly: Openly communicate the reasons behind the price change to your customers. Explain the value they will continue to receive or any improvements being made. Offer Incentives: Provide incentives such as discounts, loyalty programs, or added value to offset the price increase and retain customer loyalty. Implement Gradually: Consider implementing price changes gradually over a period of time, allowing customers to adjust and understand the new pricing structure. What are some common pricing pitfalls to avoid? Avoid these common pricing pitfalls to maintain a competitive retail price edge: Price Wars: Engaging in aggressive price wars can lead to a race to the bottom, eroding profits and diminishing brand value. Ignoring Customer Value: Focusing solely on cost-based pricing without considering customer-perceived value can lead to missed opportunities for higher profits. Ignoring Competition: Setting prices without considering competitor pricing can result in being overpriced or underpriced, impacting sales and market share. How can I test different pricing approaches? Testing different premium pricing approaches allows you to gauge customer response and optimise your strategy. Here are a few methods to consider: A/B Testing: Conduct A/B tests by offering different prices to different customer segments or on different platforms. Analyse the results to determine the most effective pricing approach. Surveys and Feedback: Collect customer feedback through surveys or focus groups to understand their willingness to pay and preferences for different pricing options. Experimental Pricing: Implement temporary price changes for a limited period to gather data and insights into customer behaviour and demand. What is price discrimination and how can it be used effectively? Price discrimination involves charging different prices to different customer segments based on their willingness to pay. This strategy can maximise revenue by capturing consumer surplus, but it must be implemented carefully to avoid customer dissatisfaction. By addressing these frequently asked questions and implementing the recommended strategies, you can fine-tune your retail pricing strategies for success in 2024. Embrace the power of effective pricing to drive sales, enhance customer loyalty, and optimise your business performance.

					How to Perform a SWOT Analysis for Your Small Business
How to Perform a SWOT Analysis for Your Small Business
SWOT (not to be confused with SWAT) can be a game changer for any team, business, or organisation that wants to be successful. Oh, you say you want that too? Well then, you just may need a SWOT analysis. A SWOT analysis for a small or medium-sized business (SMB) is a powerful but simple process. It gives businesses a clear view of their current position and helps them understand how to be more successful. We’ll cover what it is, the benefits, and how you can get started with your small business, today. Here’s your guide to SWOT: What is a SWOT analysis? Why is a SWOT analysis important? Four key elements of SWOT analysis for small business How to conduct a SWOT analysis for small business SWOT analysis example: a small business case study What’s next for small businesses? What is a SWOT analysis? The term ‘SWOT’ stands for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats. By identifying how they stack up within these four categories, businesses can discover their strengths and potential weaknesses, and identify their long-term competitive differentiation and potential threads. SWOT analysis is a strategic planning and management technique that’s sometimes called situational assessment or situational analysis. Why is a SWOT analysis important? A SWOT analysis includes both internal and external factors. Internal factors (strengths and weaknesses) are those that businesses can control or change. External factors (opportunities and threats in the wider economy) are those that lie outside of a business’s control. These four key factors provide the foundations that businesses can use to plan for the future. They can do this by using their internal strengths to counter external threats. (Back to top.) Four key elements of SWOT for small business A small business will look at the following four categories when conducting a SWOT analysis: 1. Strengths (internal) A business’s strengths are a sign of its main advantages in the marketplace. Strengths can include a one-of-a-kind product, or excellent service and aftercare. Ideally, strengths are unique, are not easily replicated by the competition, and help maintain customer loyalty. For example, your company may have a unique, patented product, or a highly loyal customer base. These things would be difficult for your competition to replicate. 2. Weaknesses (internal) These are the elements of a business that aren’t operating as efficiently as they could and might hold you back from competing effectively. Your business might lack experience in design, or you might be using outdated systems that don’t talk to each other. A business’s weaknesses are a sign of what it needs to do better to operate at peak efficiency. For example, a company might be failing to generate repeat purchases due to poor after-sales communication and a sub-optimal customer journey. You could improve this by increasing staff training, or by automating certain processes. 3. Opportunities (external) Opportunities are areas where your business may gain a competitive advantage. They can present themselves at any time, and even sometimes out of the blue. Small businesses can ensure they are ready to take advantage of them whenever they arise. Having identified your strengths and weaknesses through SWOT analysis, you can understand how you are positioned to capitalise on potential opportunities – and where you might need to improve in order to take advantage of them. An opportunity can be anything from a competitor’s misstep to changed legislation, to weather that impacts your competition’s supply change. 4. Threats (external) We live in an unpredictable world, and threats can come at any time. From changing regulations, rising materials costs, and shifts in customer priorities. Threats are external factors, as they are things that businesses can’t influence. But you can try to future-proof yourself in key areas and mitigate your weaknesses. Automating processes can make you more efficient, so you can focus more on keeping customers happy. And, making contingency plans using digital solutions can help operations to run smoothly in times of crisis. (Back to top.) How to conduct a SWOT analysis for small business A SWOT analysis is a highly flexible tool that can be tailored to fit the needs of any business that’s using it. Here are some key points to consider when conducting a SWOT analysis. Put together a broad team For a SWOT analysis to be effective, it needs to gather a range of viewpoints from around the business. Talking only to customer services or business analytics teams will give a skewed perspective. Ensure that each major department is represented, from those handling day-to-day operations on the ground to those planning for the future. Listen to ideas The team you assemble will be unique, with a particular mix of perspectives and skills. A good first step is to encourage everyone to share their initial thoughts, perspectives, and ideas. Do this either in person, as a group, or virtual, the most important thing is to allow people to share their views in an open and non-judgmental setting. Create your timeline When everyone has shared their ideas, it’s time to make some decisions. Those leading the SWOT analysis will want to identify key focus areas, choose a methodology, and decide on a timeline. Present the findings: A simple grid, with one quadrant for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats, is a great way to represent the findings of a SWOT analysis visually. In this form, the insights can be easily shared across the business. (Back to top.) SWOT analysis example: SMB case study Here’s a SWOT analysis example that small businesses can use to identify their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. We will use Clara’s Cake Kitchen, a fictitious bakery. Strengths Location: Suburban location near a train station that draws in foot traffic during rush hour. Product: The owner produces high-quality artisanal cakes that customers come back for, again and again. Marketing: The owner successfully uses social media channels to generate buzz about the business and has a large following. Weaknesses Unpredictable ROI: Although the bakery is very busy at several points during the day, and on weekends, there are lots of quiet times during the day, and during the summer. Online reach: The owner has not invested in click-and-collect or online services, as she doesn’t know if it will be worth it in the long run. Equipment: Some of the kitchen equipment is second-hand, and is prone to break, requiring expensive repairs and causing order delays. Opportunities Loans and funding: Organisations like the Small Business Administration (SBA) offer loans and funding programs that could help Clara’s Cake Kitchen expand, upgrade equipment, and capitalise on new opportunities — potentially creating jobs in the process. External events: There are some new food festivals and markets starting up in the nearby city. Having a presence at these events could help to expand the brand’s reach. Threats Cost of materials: The cost of raw materials that the owner uses to bake the cakes may likely increase. It’s becoming harder to find key ingredients without a long lead time. Competition: More local bakeries are offering custom cakes from home kitchens, with lower overhead costs and fewer equipment issues. Summary Clara’s Cake Kitchen will need to use its strengths to counter its weaknesses while taking advantage of opportunities and preparing to tackle the threats. Adding online ordering and easy pickup for commuters might be an avenue for the bakery to guard against new competitors and higher costs. Her team could host an event for their customers, offering discounts or freebies. And, together, they can build and grow with a low-cost collaboration tool, like Starter Suite. (Back to top.) What’s next for small businesses? We’re in a challenging moment where competition is fierce, the landscape is in flux, and seizing new opportunities is crucial. Conducting a SWOT analysis, and enlisting the right tools for the job, can help today’s small businesses address weaknesses, double down on what they do well, and position themselves to succeed in any economy.

					Decoding the Marketing Mix: Mastering the 4 P’s for Business Success
Decoding the Marketing Mix: Mastering the 4 P’s for Business Success
Wondering how to steer your business towards success? The marketing mix might just be your answer. It’s a proven blend of four essential elements—Product, Price, Place, and Promotion—that, when combined effectively, can elevate your marketing strategy and deliver results. This concept, a basis of marketing strategy, equips businesses to align their offerings with customer demands and stand out in a competitive landscape. Throughout this article, we will explore each ‘P’ in detail, showing you how to harness the marketing mix for business success. Key Takeaways The marketing mix, composed of the four Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), provides a framework for businesses to create a successful marketing strategy that satisfies customers’ needs, effectively communicates value, and stands out in a competitive market. A comprehensive marketing strategy requires understanding and fulfilling customer needs, differentiating the product, and optimising pricing strategies to reflect the perceived value and maintain competitiveness. Expanding the traditional marketing mix to include People, Processes, and Physical Evidence enables companies to create a more holistic and customer-centric strategy, ensuring efficiency in service delivery and a memorable brand experience through physical aspects of interaction. Demystifying the Marketing Mix: A Comprehensive Guide The ‘marketing mix’ is essentially the bedrock upon which modern marketing strategies are constructed. It’s a term that was coined by E. Jerome McCarthy in 1960, a professor who reshaped traditional approaches to marketing with his innovative concept. Today, understanding the marketing mix is crucial for developing an effective marketing strategy, as it enables companies to provide customers exactly what they want—offering their products or services at the right place and price point, and effectively promoting them. McCarthy laid out this foundational formula for success through what became known as the four Ps of Marketing: Product Price Place Promotion Each component plays its own distinctive role within an all-encompassing whole—much like individual instruments contribute to an orchestral performance—to create harmonious results capable of commanding market success when performed skillfully. The Essence of the Marketing Mix The marketing mix provides a strategic framework that assists companies in navigating market complexities. It encompasses four key elements, often referred to as the “four Ps,” which act as navigational beacons for new entrepreneurs and established executives. Product: the offering designed to fulfil customer needs Price: the cost at which value is exchanged Place: optimal locations where products are accessible to customers Promotion: communicative efforts that connect services with consumers. This method of management transcends a basic enumeration. It represents an evolving synergy of strategic decisions. By integrating these essential components into their strategies, businesses can successfully tailor their marketing efforts to engage effectively with their target audience and distinguish themselves in a competitive marketplace. Key Elements of a Robust Marketing Strategy Crafting an effective marketing strategy demands mastery in merging the four essential pillars of marketing to amplify their cumulative effect. Each element must function synergistically with its counterparts, creating a fine-tuned balance that drives increased sales and advances the company toward achieving its goals. The critical components known as the four Ps include: Product: Ensuring that what is offered meets consumer needs. Price: Setting it at a level consumers are prepared to pay. Place: Carefully selecting distribution locations for optimum access. Promotion: Communicating persuasive messages that captivate and connect with audiences. When these factors harmonise, they form the foundation of impactful marketing initiatives, from basic strategies through to complex campaigns. A product’s features aligned with well-considered pricing structures, strategic distribution channel choices, and cohesive promotional activities together orchestrate success—building brand loyalty, increasing market visibility and securing a dominant spot within today’s competitive marketplace for businesses seeking distinction. Crafting Your Offering: Product Strategies Embarking on a successful marketing strategy hinges upon the product—a concrete exemplification of what a business brings to its clientele. Such products may encompass various forms from: Physical goods Services lacking physical form Experiences provided Digital offerings The true test involves not merely crafting an item, but grasping its attributes, promotional narratives, and, most importantly, how it addresses customer needs. To resonate with its target audience aptly, a product must navigate the evolving landscape of consumer behaviour and trends. This necessitates deep insights into what customers seek, extensive experimentation, and continuous enhancement of the value proposition offered by the product. Companies that agilely adjust to changing tastes in consumer preferences are typically those that attain market success with their products. Understanding Customer Needs Marketing strategy is fundamentally anchored in the profound grasp of what customers seek. Decoding their needs—akin to deciphering an esoteric language—not only paves the way for tailored products and marketing initiatives but also enables personalised customer experiences. By delving beyond apparent desires into core motivations, companies can craft offerings that connect profoundly with their target market. Deep knowledge of both product intricacies and consumer preferences must precede a product’s market introduction. An insightful exploration into potential customers’ mindsets guides every aspect of marketing—from crafting content to orchestrating sales promotions—ensuring each communication resonates accurately and that every service or item perfectly aligns with customer expectations within the specified target audience. Product Differentiation and Positioning Within the commerce industry, it is just as vital to stand out from the competition as it is to resonate with customers. Carving a distinct place in the minds of consumers through product differentiation and strategic positioning sets a brand apart from its rivals. By integrating distinctive features and designing appealing packaging, companies can draw in and maintain clientele, setting a foundation for enduring customer loyalty. Take, for instance, brands like Dollar Tailoring their offerings by focusing on lower-income groups and budget-conscious buyers—through competitive pricing strategies and ongoing promotional deals—how they have effectively captured their desired market segment. Having an acute awareness of cultural distinctions and local customs is necessary for businesses striving to create international appeal. This ensures that products are not only visible but also embraced across various cultures. Pricing Mastery: Developing Your Product Pricing Strategy Pricing extends beyond simply attaching a number to a product. It communicates the perceived value, quality, and position of the brand. To craft an effective pricing strategy, companies must possess comprehensive insights into their production expenses, competitors’ price points, and most importantly, how consumers perceive value and quality. This requires careful consideration, as organisations need to measure their own costs against what customers are prepared to pay while ensuring that their chosen pricing models complement the overarching marketing strategy. Executing a robust pricing strategy is needed for driving revenue growth and sustaining profitability. The process involves: Comprehending the fundamental cost associated with creating goods along with determining suitable markups that sustain financial objectives. Assessing consumer evaluations regarding both quality and worth. Confirming prices mirror how much consumers believe the product deserves. Psychological Pricing Tactics Understanding the mind is like becoming an expert in psychological pricing. Adopting strategies that set product prices at, say, $9.99 as opposed to a round $10 exploits consumer perception, fostering an impression of greater value and cost savings. This clever yet impactful approach significantly enhances purchase probabilities by appealing to consumers’ innate appetite for deals, thereby augmenting the effectiveness of sales promotions. For marketers, it’s imperative to delve into the psychological foundations that underlie pricing techniques. The essence lies not merely within digits adorning tags, but in how these figures are perceived and the emotions they incite. Within the promotional mix landscape, price wields considerable influence over consumer choices and satisfaction levels post-purchase. Hence it serves as an influential tool for shaping purchasing behaviours. Competitor Price Analysis In sectors where there is a high degree of similarity in products and services offered, the price often becomes the critical element that sways customers toward one brand over another. Conducting competitor price analysis enables companies to fine-tune their pricing strategies with careful consideration of what competitors are charging. This insight empowers them to competitively place themselves within the market by either matching value or setting themselves apart through unique selling points. The necessity for strategic placement amplifies in environments dense with competition, as carving out a distinct space can prove difficult. With insights gained from examining the prices set by their industry counterparts, businesses have the opportunity to: Revisit and refine their own pricing models Enhance profit margins Ensure that their product’s cost accurately mirrors both how they want the brand perceived and meets customer expectations. Placement Decisions: Optimising Distribution Channels The component of ‘Place’ within the marketing mix emphasises ensuring product availability when and where customers desire it. This entails identifying optimal selling points, discerning the preferred shopping venues of the target audience, and adeptly handling stock levels and delivery logistics to streamline and enhance the customer’s purchasing experience. Determining the appropriate retail platforms and determining whether to engage in B2B or B2C commerce are vital determinants affecting a product’s market performance. Ensuring that products are readily available at places frequented by potential buyers is essential—this strategic placement has a direct impact on satisfying consumer needs and providing accessible services. Digital Presence and E-commerce Maintaining a solid online presence and the ability to engage in e-commerce, now more than ever, are essential. As 93% of business-to-business purchasers show a preference for using online avenues when making buying choices, possessing an active digital footprint is now pivotal within effective distribution methodologies. This approach not only extends market access but also enhances the efficiency of transactions and offers instantaneous insights that empower companies to make adjustments to their marketing undertakings. By integrating diverse tools associated with digital marketing into systems such as Marketing Hub, particularly those focused on search, often referred to as “search engine marketing,” enterprises can significantly enhance their operational prowess. The array of instruments at one’s disposal includes: Content creation through blogging Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) Managing social media platforms Strategic email campaigns Monitoring advertisement performance Leveraging these resources allows organisations not just broader exposure but also provides them with opportunities for more profound engagement with audiences. Fostering conversions into sales while strengthening bonds with consumers, thereby maximising their overall outreach impact in the framework of modern-day commerce. Delivery Logistics and Physical Location Just as needed as digital approaches are the concrete aspects of positioning, which include the physical placement and the management of delivery logistics. Choosing a strategic physical location can significantly boost product sales and elevate the overall customer experience. The design and visual appeal of a place, be it for retail or providing services, is essential in both drawing customers in and keeping them coming back. How products are transported to customers—via shipping methods, transit systems, or options like picking up in-store—is essential to shaping their purchasing journey. Swift and competent handling of delivery logistics ensure that items reach clients quickly and undamaged, greatly affecting their impression of your brand along with their inclination to become repeat buyers. Amplifying Visibility: Crafting a Promotion Strategy Promotion is essentially the platform businesses use to introduce their offerings to the world. A well-crafted promotion strategy employs a variety of tactics, including: Advertising Public relations Social media marketing Content marketing These tactics work together to create compelling marketing messages that showcase the importance of marketing skills. These messages must resonate with the target audience and reinforce brand awareness, ultimately leading to increased lead generation and sales. Identifying the perfect timing and utilising the most efficient marketing channels for compelling advertising is key to engaging the targeted audience. An effective marketing strategy is not just about broadcasting messages; it’s about engaging in a dialogue with potential customers, understanding their needs, and providing them with reasons to choose your brand over others. Integrated Marketing Communications Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) functions like a conductor leading an orchestra, ensuring all communication methods convey a unified brand message. IMC transcends the alignment of advertising strategies. It’s about crafting a cohesive experience for consumers across various platforms, such as: Email marketing Print media Social networking sites Television commercials Public relations initiatives Direct mailing campaigns This integration bolsters customer satisfaction and fosters loyalty through harmonised messages. Synchronising promotional activities not only extends reach but can also trim costs and amplify returns on investment. Digital marketing shines in this ensemble by providing targeted outreach and detailed analytics regarding campaign effectiveness. This empowers businesses to refine their engagements with clientele, elevating direct marketing efforts and other aspects of their overall strategy. Leveraging Social Media Marketing Social media has become an integral element of a brand’s marketing strategy. This medium allows brands to build a community by directly engaging with their customer base. Social media marketing stands as a vital pillar within the broader scope of digital for its real-time interaction capabilities. It provides platforms for customers to provide immediate feedback and allows brands to adjust their services or products according to customer needs. Social media affords marketers critical insights gathered from data analysis that can greatly enhance how they engage with customers and refine overall marketing efforts. Marketers are empowered through these insights to craft campaigns tailored specifically toward their audience, which helps drive deeper engagement and cultivate enduring loyalty towards the brand. Extending Beyond Basics: The Extended Marketing Mix or 7 P’s of the Modern Marketing Mix The traditional four Ps of marketing is enriched by adding three essential elements to form an extended mix. People: concentrating on the business’s human factor Process: emphasising efficient service provision Physical Evidence: acknowledging the concrete items that customers come into contact with These components broaden the scope of the traditional marketing mix and are vital in forging a holistic, consumer-focused marketing strategy that connects more profoundly with customers. When businesses incorporate people, processes, and physical evidence into their marketing approach, they don’t just satisfy customer expectations—they surpass them. These additional facets allow companies to set themselves apart from competitors, enhance customer delight, and cultivate a robust and enduring brand identity. People at the Heart of Your Business People form the lifeblood of any organisation, influencing the customer experience and fostering loyalty. A customer-centric organisational culture enhances product and service delivery and attracts and retains top talent. When employees are motivated and aligned with the company’s values, they’re more likely to go above and beyond in their roles, directly contributing to customer satisfaction. Businesses prioritising their people and cultivating a supportive company culture find that it pays dividends. Happy employees lead to happy customers, and when customers feel valued and understood, they’re more likely to become loyal brand advocates. This human-focused approach is crucial to any successful marketing strategy, as it ensures that every interaction reflects the company’s dedication to excellence. Process Optimisation for Customer Satisfaction The procedure functions as a guiding framework for providing products and services, with its fine-tuning being crucial for achieving consumer satisfaction. Successful methodologies provide ease, swift delivery, and outstanding service—each element shaping how customers view a brand. Companies can deliver individualised and impactful services by centring employees on key client-oriented processes. Marketing Hub exemplifies the simplification technology brings to marketing automation. It enables marketers to handle data and instruments more effectively while elevating customer satisfaction. Procedures ought to be customised according to product types and anticipated by the target audience to align in relevancy and productivity. The Role of Physical Evidence in Marketing In marketing, the concept of physical evidence goes beyond the product itself and includes all visible elements that a customer might encounter when engaging with a brand. This encompasses aspects such as branding, packaging, and even how a company’s physical location is designed—all crucial factors that can sway consumer perception and enhance the impact of an organisation’s marketing strategy. These concrete components act like mute promoters for the brand, transmitting messages about its values and quality without saying anything. The atmosphere provided by retail space, aesthetic choices in product packaging design, and consistent staff uniforms play key roles in forging memorable customer experiences. When businesses pay attention to these details and intentionally shape them, they can forge an attractive brand identity that connects deeply with their target audience and gives them an edge over the competition in today’s marketplaces. Summary The journey to business success is multifaceted. Mastering the 4 Ps—Product, Price, Place, Promotion—and incorporating People, Process, and Physical Evidence into the mix can create a powerful marketing strategy that resonates with consumers and drives business growth. Each element plays a crucial role, and when harmonised, they form a symphony of strategic decisions that captivate the target audience and cement a brand’s market presence. Let this be the catalyst for innovation and inspiration in your marketing endeavours. With the insights and strategies discussed, you’re now equipped to craft marketing campaigns that meet customer expectations and exceed them, fostering loyalty and carving out a distinctive place for your brand in the marketplace. Frequently Asked Questions What exactly is the marketing mix? The 4 Ps—Product, Price, Place, and Promotion—constitute the core framework of the marketing mix. This critical model steers businesses in formulating successful marketing tactics to satisfy customer needs and accomplish business objectives. How do psychological pricing tactics influence consumer behaviour? Employing psychological pricing strategies, like placing price points at $9.99 rather than an even $10, crafts the illusion of a better deal, which persuades customers to believe they are receiving greater value for their expenditure. Such methods can have a considerable effect on consumer purchasing choices. Why is an integrated marketing communications strategy important? A strategy for integrated marketing communications is crucial as it guarantees uniformity in the brand’s messaging across every marketing channel. This coherence results in a fluid customer experience that boosts overall contentment and fosters loyalty. Can social media marketing improve customer engagement? Marketing through social online platforms enhances the capacity for immediate communication and collection of instantaneous responses from clients, thereby providing an opportunity to elevate customer engagement substantially. What role do people play in the extended marketing mix? People play a central role in the extended marketing mix. They create the customer experience and contribute to loyalty and business success.

					Data Science: A Complete Guide 2024
Data Science: A Complete Guide 2024
This guide encompasses the critical techniques of data science, which employs programming and statistical methods to glean insights from information, a process essential for better decision-making in business. Key Takeaways Data science involves using a variety of techniques such as classification, regression, and clustering to analyse and derive insights from raw data, playing a critical component in business decision-making and strategy. While related, data science and business analytics have distinct focuses: data science utilises interdisciplinary methods and machine learning for predictive modelling, whereas business analytics examines historical data to optimise business operations. Ethical considerations in data science, such as privacy, bias, and the societal impact of data use, are crucial, highlighting the importance of transparency and fairness in data collection and analysis. What is Data Science? The field of data science emerges at the intersection of programming, mathematics, and statistics. This trio forms the critical framework underlying contemporary analytical methods. Data science’s strength resides in its capacity to meticulously parse through an immense expanse of quantitative data to unearth patterns and connections that are pivotal for making informed business choices. Given the torrential outpouring of information stemming from every digital interaction—each click, swipe, or engagement—it is a discipline with an unquenchable thirst for data. The significance of data understanding has become even more pronounced in our modern era drenched with data. Every phase of the journey — from gathering raw figures to distilling insights and distributing them — relies on a sophisticated synergy between technologies and techniques aimed at deciphering big data’s complexity. The necessity for insight into extensive datasets propels this once specialised skill into a fundamental pillar as organisations across sectors generate unprecedented amounts of publicising profound consequences. Both industries and societies alike must adapt rapidly within transforming environments where crucially maintaining competitive advantage lies. Understanding Data Science At the heart of data science lies the dual-natured discipline focused on deriving valuable information from unprocessed data. It harnesses a diverse array of techniques within data science, ranging from simple to highly sophisticated methods, to transform large and often disorganised datasets into clear and useful insights. What sets data here apart from related fields is its comprehensive set of tools that span simplistic approaches like crafting data visualisations to implementing complex machine learning algorithms—all to parse through data to discover invaluable points. The Evolution of Data Science The lineage of data science can be traced back to the nascent days of computer science and statistics when these two fields began their dance in the 1960s and 70s. It was a time when the term ‘data science’ was first whispered as an alternative to statistics, hinting at a broader scope that would come to include techniques and technologies beyond traditional statistical methods. As databases and data warehousing became prevalent, the ability to store and work with structured data grew, laying the groundwork for the data science we know today. This evolution witnessed the formal recognition of the profession, with Hal Varian defining what it means to be a data scientist. The field has grown from simple statistical analysis to encompass predictive models and machine learning, marking a transformation that has redefined the possibilities of data-driven decision-making. As society moves forward, the history of data science continues to be written, with each chapter unveiling new technologies and methodologies that push the boundaries of what can be achieved with data. Key Data Science Techniques Data science encompasses various statistical, computational, and machine-learning methodologies aimed at understanding and forecasting data. The toolkit for data science projects consists of various specialised techniques, such as classification, regression, and clustering, to address unique challenges presented by different data sets. By implementing these methods in real-world scenarios, practitioners can derive significant knowledge. Complex quantitative algorithms underpin these methods in data science projects, enabling data scientists to unravel intricacies within massive datasets. Thus, obscure patterns are made evident, and intricate information is translated into comprehendible forms through these sophisticated behind-the-scenes mechanisms in machine learning-driven analysis. Classification Classification is the cornerstone of numerous applications in machine learning, such as identifying spam or providing medical diagnoses. It involves employing decision-making algorithms to organise data within specific predefined groups and is a vital part of science and machine learning. A variety of methods are deployed for classification purposes. Decision trees utilise branching logic to split the data. Support vector machines establish divisions between categories by creating boundaries with maximum margins. Neural networks apply deep learning techniques to process complex and extensive datasets. The brilliance of classification stems from its capacity to be educated using existing datasets and then extend this accumulated knowledge towards analysing new, unfamiliar data. Whether it’s engaging Naive Bayes classifiers that leverage probability theory or employing logistic regression for fitting information along a prognostic curve, classification involves making educated predictions about which group an incoming datum should fall under. Regression Regression methods serve as data scientists’ predictive oracle, forecasting numerical results by analysing variable interconnections. This kind of data analysis involves delving into historical trends to predict future events. The simplest form is linear regression, which aims to discover the optimal straight line that fits the dataset. In contrast, lasso regression improves prediction accuracy by focusing on a select group of influential elements. When working with datasets rich in variables, multivariate regression broadens these insights across several dimensions, helping data scientists decipher intricate patterns of interconnectedness among factors. For business analysts, regression acts as their navigational aid through vast oceans of information, steering them towards predictions that shape strategies and guide key decisions. Clustering Clustering involves identifying inherent groupings within data by analysing patterns and outliers, thus gathering similar data points. Methods such as k-means clustering utilise central points around which data is grouped, whereas hierarchical clustering forms a dendrogram that links the data based on resemblance. Sophisticated techniques like Gaussian mixture models and mean-shift clustering provide subtle approaches for delineating between concentrated and dispersed areas in a dataset. Excelling when there are no preset categories, this technique equips data scientists with the capability to decipher unstructured data—unearthing revelations that have the potential to spur significant breakthroughs. Data Science Tools The arsenal of tools available to data scientists is as diverse as the challenges they confront, encompassing everything from high-capacity big data processing systems to sophisticated data visualisation platforms and advanced machine learning technologies. These instruments serve as the bedrock for the entire data science process, allowing experts in the field to sift through, make sense of, and illustrate massive datasets in manners previously deemed unattainable. Technologies such as Apache Spark, Hadoop, and NoSQL databases equip these professionals with the ability to rapidly manage information on a large scale—matching strides with our continuously expanding digital footprint. On the one hand, tools like Tableau, D3.js, and Grafana convert undigested numbers into impactful narratives told through visuals that clarify abstract concepts or simplify intricate details. On another front, machine learning frameworks include TensorFlow and PyTorch. These lay down essential frameworks for devising complex algorithms capable of evolving by discerning patterns within data over time. An appropriate tool does not simply facilitate a task—it allows those immersed in different spheres of data to achieve groundbreaking advancements within their domain using an array of specially tailored mechanisms, undoubtedly transforms it into something more meaningful – enabling specialists to transcend previously often established boundaries enabled by utilising distinct data science methodologies. Data Science in Business Data science for business serves as a critical competitive differentiation within the commercial landscape. Companies can unlock the immense value of their data by using it to unearth transformative patterns that were previously unknown, fostering product innovation and enhancing operational efficiency, which ultimately steers them toward expansion and triumph. Utilising tools such as predictive analytics, machine learning algorithms, and deep customer insights fall under data-driving techniques that propel businesses into an era where decisions are informed by robust data analysis. This approach is reshaping traditional business methodologies with improved precision in efficiency and pioneering innovations. Discovering Transformative Patterns Data science operates like an expert detective, sifting through data to reveal insights and patterns that can revolutionise a company. These discoveries can reinvent how products are strategised, optimise operational efficiencies, and unlock new avenues in the marketplace. Employing data mining methodologies within vast datasets allows businesses to identify both emerging trends and irregularities—thus equipping them with the foresight to evade potential pitfalls while seizing advantageous prospects. The strength of data science stems from its capability to: Illuminate successful elements of a business as well as areas needing improvement. Direct companies toward refining their methods and embracing more effective strategies. Integrate techniques from various fields into deciphering the narrative told by data, rooted in the basic principle behind it, which is synonymous with the core principle behind data science itself. Propel an organisation towards growth beyond expectations. Engaging in this analytical journey holds profound implications for enhancing a business’s prosperity. Innovating Products and Solutions Data science is critical to the lifeblood of business innovation, acting as a catalyst that uncovers voids and chances for groundbreaking products and solutions. Through rigorous examination of consumer insights and industry tendencies, data scientists can steer product evolution to align more closely with user desires and tastes while simultaneously pinpointing enhancements in current workflows. The perpetual loop of inventive progression guarantees companies stay agile and attuned to their customer base’s demands. Data science does not merely accelerate product creation. It cultivates a setting where imagination is underpinned by solid factual analysis, resulting in novel yet impactful offerings. Real-Time Optimisation In the current rapid market environment, business agility is crucial, and data science serves as the driving force behind immediate optimisation. Data Science allows companies to foresee shifts and alter their tactics on the fly, keeping them flexible and ahead of the curve. The use of real-time data encompasses a range of applications, from enhancing marketing campaigns to streamlining inventory management, which ensures that a business maintains its competitive edge. As an essential feature of data science, predictive analytics empowers businesses by allowing them to: Predict what customers will want Tailor operations to align with customer needs Gain critical insights continuously flowing in from data Improve process efficiency Enhance operational efficacy instantaneously The synergy between big data and IoT has opened avenues for organisations to tap into these competencies, propelling their growth trajectory toward greater prosperity. Differences Between Data Science and Related Fields It is essential to understand the distinctive features of data science and how it stands apart from allied domains such as data analytics, business analytics, and machine learning. Although these fields are interrelated, and each plays a role in using data for informed decision-making, they differ in their emphases, methodologies, and specific contributions. Data Science vs. Data Analytics The difference between data analysts and data scientists can be characterised by the breadth and depth of their work. Data science dives into a more comprehensive array of tasks, including predictive modelling and developing sophisticated algorithms, while data analytics concentrates on digesting and portraying information to discern patterns. Typically, those in data analytics harness tools like SQL and Tableau for cleansing the data and presentation purposes, while those in the realm of science employ more complex technologies such as Python or R to execute machine learning processes and anticipatory analyses. Understanding this distinction is vital for companies when recruiting personnel suited to their operational requirements. Analysts examine current datasets while scientists look forward. Forecasting trends involves seeing what’s around the corner based upon scientific approaches within machine learning domains—all intended to help plan effective strategies informed by present insights from analysts alongside future projections posited by scientists adept at handling vast quantities of intricate datasheets. Data Science vs. Business Analytics Data science and business, along with business analytics, both pursue the objective of leveraging data’s potential. There’s a notable difference in their approaches: data science relies on exploiting unstructured data through interdisciplinary strategies to gain knowledge while analytics in science and business emphasises reviewing historical information to enhance decision-making processes within businesses. Business analysts use statistical techniques and tools such as ERP systems and business intelligence software to derive valuable insights from past events. This contrast between these domains underscores how vital it is that certain skills are matched appropriately with respective corporate goals. Data scientists bring an extensive set of technical capabilities alongside machine learning proficiency, which makes them ideal for developing new data-driven products or creating sophisticated predictive models. On the other side of this spectrum are business analysts who channel their analytical acumen into interpreting complex datasets. They deliver concrete advice aimed at improving operational practices, and social aid companies map out a course for future endeavours requiring strategic foresight. Data Science vs. Machine Learning Within the expansive domain of data science, machine learning is a distinct subset centred around algorithms designed to learn from and make predictions based on data. The emphasis on adaptive learning and forecasting distinguishes machine-learning initiatives from the broader scope of data science, which includes various tasks such as data analysis and data processing. There is an unmistakable interplay between data science and machine learning. With data science, laying down the foundational infrastructure and providing the necessary datasets upon which models for machine learning are devised and honed. Together, they form a formidable force driving industry evolution by facilitating automated complex decision-making systems and engendering deep insights at scales previously unseen. Ethical Considerations in Data Science Navigating the digital landscape comes with its own moral compasses, and in the field of data science, ethical considerations are at the forefront. Privacy, bias, and social impact are paramount, as data misuse can lead to violations of individual rights and the perpetuation of societal inequalities. Data ethics, therefore, becomes a guiding principle, ensuring that the collection and use of data are governed by standards that respect privacy, consent, and fairness. Transparency in data collection and use policies is essential in building trust between data providers and users. As machine learning models become more prevalent, addressing and mitigating biases in training data is critical to ensure fair and unbiased outcomes. Ethical data science is about more than just compliance with regulations; it’s about fostering an environment where the benefits of data are balanced with the responsibility to use it wisely and humanely. Career Paths in Data Science In the present era, where data reigns supreme, there is a surging demand for professionals in the field of data science across various industries, opening up a realm brimming with career possibilities. The new trailblazers of the digital era are those adept at dissecting complex data to draw out significant implications. Many entities ranging from behemoth tech companies to sprouting startups are on the lookout for proficient data scientists, machine learning experts, and data engineers—roles that come with enticing remuneration and influential positions in shaping both technological advancements and corporate landscapes. Possessing a distinct combination of competencies, including command over programming languages, statistical acumen, savvy in machine learning techniques as well as prowess in decoding intricate datasets into practicable tactics, defines what it means to be a successful data scientist today. Conversely, roles like data analysts primarily entail sifting through vast amounts of information to uncover trends that can steer tactical business resolutions. This necessitates mastery of analytical tools such as SASR and Python. In the diverse spectrum of data science careers, data engineers take charge of building and overseeing infrastructure facilitating smooth data transfers. At the same time, machine learning specialists work to enhance predictive algorithms—each career offers its own unique complexities and fulfilling opportunities. The Future of Data Science Peering into the future, we can see a vibrant and continuously evolving landscape for data science. The rise of cloud computing is levelling the playing field by granting access to high-powered computational tools, thus empowering data scientists to handle vast datasets with unparalleled ease. In this age where the significance of data storage cannot be overstated, blockchain technology stands as a bastion for security and transparency in managing our digital information—assuring both integrity and verifiability when dealing with transactions involving data. As innovations forge ahead, such as augmented analytics paving the way towards automated processing and data explorations, organisations are given more freedom to concentrate on gleaning interpretations from their insights rather than entangling themselves within complex facets of handling raw material—the intricate aspects tied up with processing it. Burgeoning marketplaces devoted exclusively to data are redefining their value proposition. Transforming it not just into an operational necessity but also into a negotiable currency ripe for a trade-off or potential financial gain. This revolutionary step broadens horizons for both entities conducting businesses and enfranchising individuals. For companies seeking relevance and professionals aspiring toward continued significance within this emerging terrain driven by datum dynamics, it’s crucial they keep pace and adapt progressively. They must harness every technological tide shift efficiently while skillfully leveraging what already lies at their fingertips: existing troves of valuable data ready at hand. Summary Throughout this journey, we have unveiled the layers of data science, a domain where mathematics, statistics, and programming converge to create a symphony of insights. We’ve explored the evolution of this field, from its early intersection with computer science to its current state as an indispensable tool for modern business. The key classification, regression, and clustering techniques have been dissected, revealing their power to predict, analyse, and interpret the wealth of data surrounding us. As we’ve seen, data science is not only about the tools and techniques but also about the ethical implications and the impact on society. It’s a field with a dynamic range of career opportunities, each offering the chance to significantly contribute to the world of data. With the future beckoning with advancements like machine learning and cloud computing, the potential for data science to continue reshaping industries is boundless. May this guide inspire you to delve deeper into data science, whether as a professional, a student, or an enthusiast eager to understand the forces shaping our data-driven world. Frequently Asked Questions What is the difference between data science and data analytics? Machine learning and predictive modelling are integral components of data science, while identifying trends and informed decision-making is at the core of data analytics through its emphasis on processing and visualising data. Both disciplines are essential in deriving significant insights from vast amounts of information. Can data science be used to innovate products and solutions? Certainly, data science can spur innovation in products and solutions by uncovering process inefficiencies and fostering innovations rooted in data. What are some of the ethical considerations in data science? Ethical considerations in data science are fundamental for maintaining responsible practices and entail safeguarding privacy, avoiding bias, and contemplating the broader societal implications to direct appropriate data gathering and utilisation. Data ethics play a pivotal role in ensuring these responsible behaviours. What skills are required to become a data scientist? In pursuit of a career as a data scientist, one must acquire proficiency in programming languages such as SAS, R, and Python, possess strong statistical knowledge, be able to visualise data effectively, and be well-versed in frameworks for machine learning and data processing. What does the future of data science look like? The future of data science looks promising, with advancements in technologies such as cloud computing, blockchain, augmented analytics, and data marketplaces revolutionising data processing and analysis across industries.

					Insurers: Beyond Transactions, What’s Your People Policy?
Insurers: Beyond Transactions, What’s Your People Policy?
The insurance industry is filled with potential, but companies remain stuck in old ways, leaving customers unhappy and disconnected. One in three customers switched providers last year, due to unsatisfactory insurance customer experiences. At LIKE.TG, we ask, “What do people truly want when they interact with their insurance company?” Extensive research shows that customers, both new and old, want more than just coverage and affordability. They seek understanding, simplicity, and empathy. Only 43% of customers say their insurer anticipates their needs, a disappointing statistic considering evolving expectations. Let’s look at this through the lens of a typical customer. Meet Natalie, a physical therapist and mother, who’s budget-conscious, comfortable with technology, and who values human connection when engaging with businesses, no matter the size. We’ll trace her path to understand where she feels supported and, more importantly, where she feels lost while navigating her insurance journey. Our goal is to examine how we might reimagine the insurance customer experience in a way that speaks to her core needs and desires, inspiring transformation along the way. Let’s begin. Stage 1: Searching for security In this opening stage, Natalie feels anxious but hopeful as she begins evaluating her options for how to best protect her home and automobiles. Her discovery can either empower her with clarity and conviction or leave her feeling overwhelmed and uncertain. As a discerning consumer, Natalie has the grit to push past the noise to find the right solution, but insurance companies vying for her business must challenge themselves to deliver a helpful, seamless experience. Today’s customer experience, with its numerous touchpoints and channels, can present several challenges for individuals like Natalie as they start to explore their options and evaluate potential solutions. A majority of insurers use three or more systems for client engagement, frustrating customers as they encounter repetitive tasks across different channels. This often leads to key data and information getting duplicated or lost in the shuffle. For the insurer, this puts an unnecessary administrative burden on their employees, who should be focused on building relationships and delivering value. Tomorrow’s insurance customer experience: At LIKE.TG, we’re helping design an entirely new insurance customer experience with intelligent systems and automation. As Natalie evaluates her options, her information and activity are discreetly monitored and used for context. This advantages both the end customer and the agent. It ensures a thoughtful experience by recalling Natalie’s journey and providing tailored guidance and reduced friction, while also helping agents know when to prioritise her for personal follow-up. Overall, the streamlined approach empowers agents to excel in relationship-building while also boosting productivity. Stage 2: Getting to know the insurer After choosing an insurer, Natalie enters the onboarding phase, where initial interactions set the tone of her relationship. Carefully designed onboarding can instill trust and reassurance. At this stage, insurance companies should lead with thoughtfulness around the reasons for which the policy was purchased, going beyond transaction talk. Onboarding is not a checkbox to be marked complete; it is an opportunity to demonstrate the company values while creating moments to understand what customers like Natalie expect from the insurer. Insurance onboarding frequently amounts to a series of decontextualised emails, overwhelming new customers with policy minutiae, bundling promotions, add-on features, loyalty programs, and app downloads. The communications can feel impersonal and poorly timed – a missed opportunity and a significant shortcoming of today’s customer experience since the onboarding window is when Natalie will be most attentive and engaged. Tomorrow’s insurance customer experience: The future of onboarding will vastly improve. Insurers will simplify the process for customers like Natalie and provide only essential information. Onboarding that keeps customer needs at the core can help obtain meaningful consent and establish trust and transparency around data practices. This, coupled with the harmonisation of engagement, behavioural signals, and third-party data will help insurers anticipate Natalie’s needs, resulting in her feeling connected and supported in her interactions. With a renewed understanding that onboarding is an ongoing practice, insurers will only introduce new offers and programs when the moment is right. If six months in, Natalie adds a new young driver to her policy, an insurer might seize the opportunity to promote a young driver discount program. Activating a data-driven approach can create a trusted environment where customers like Natalie share more data because they feel heard, understood, and helped. By understanding this ‘trust’-oriented purpose behind the data model, insurers can make informed decisions about what data to collect and how to use it, ultimately leading to better outcomes for both the customer and the organisation. Personalise your customer journey Learn how to manage, track, and automate customer interactions with smarter technology. This Trail is a helpful learning module that can help you get started on the free online learning platform by LIKE.TG. Take the Trail +2900 points Trail Deliver Personalised Insurance Service with Financial Services Cloud Learn the ways of this trail. Stage 3: Filing a claim When the unexpected strikes, Natalie may need to submit a claim. How efficiently and compassionately her insurer handles this process can impact her overall satisfaction and trust in the company. A claim signals uncharted territory where Natalie feels vulnerable and relies on guidance. Now is the time for companies to demonstrate their values in action. When an incident occurs today, Natalie will submit a claim amid stress and uncertainty – only to face disjointed, manual processes that exacerbate her challenges. While some insurance companies have modernised their claims experience, much of the industry lags, resulting in today’s fragmented experiences marked by delays, opacity, and eroded trust. Get articles selected just for you, in your inbox Sign up now Purpose-driven insurers view claims as an opportunity to provide comfort and care when customers feel most vulnerable. They recognise that efficient claims fuel trust and loyalty more than marketing ever could. By leveraging existing data and new technologies, insurers can transform a traditionally tedious and anxiety-inducing process into a streamlined, personalised journey. Tomorrow’s insurance customer experience: Say Natalie previously enrolled in a usage-based auto insurance program to help manage costs and reward conscientious driving habits. The same telematics providing safe driving discounts can help expedite her claim. When an accident occurs, her location, speed, and impact data can be instantly shared, enabling insurers to proactively reach out, respond to the situation, and accelerate claim filing. For the policyholder, this means less stress during a difficult time and greater trust. The claims process, though rarely enjoyable, can at least be hassle-free. This future experience, which is already here for our customers at LIKE.TG, is a powerful convergence of AI, data, and trust, underpinned by a foundation of customer-centricity – all in one tool. Stage 4: Ongoing assurance Regular interactions with the insurance company can either deepen Natalie’s engagement and loyalty or leave her feeling detached and uninformed. In today’s customer experience, it is not uncommon for policyholders to only hear from their insurers during significant milestones such as policy issuance, billing, or claims. These interactions are often transactional in nature, focusing on the functional aspects of the policy rather than building a relationship with the customer. Tomorrow’s insurance customer experience: Natalie’s future experience is proactive and emotionally intelligent. Say she lives in a climate hazard zone – subject to hurricanes, floods, or fires. Because her insurer has a firm grasp on the risk she faces, she consistently receives prevention guidance and personalised offers to enhance protection. When disaster strikes, outreach is immediate, empathetic, and supportive. Natalie knows her insurer has her back and that she can trust them as an advisor who delivers tailored recommendations, anticipatory guidance, and compassionate care. The ingredients are all there: rich data, smart technology, and most importantly, human-centered strategy. Now insurers must combine them to design powerful insurance customer experiences that put people first.
 Amazon Redshift Vs Athena: Compare On 7 Key Factors
Amazon Redshift Vs Athena: Compare On 7 Key Factors
In the Data Warehousing and Business Analysis environment, growing businesses have a rising need to deal with huge volumes of data. In cases like this, key stakeholders often debate on whether to go with Redshift or with Athena – two of the big names that help seamlessly handle large chunks of data. This blog aims to ease this dilemma by providing a detailed comparison of Redshift Vs Athena.Although both the services are designed for Analytics, both the services provide different features and optimize for different use cases. This blog covers the following: Amazon Redshift Vs Athena – Brief Overview Amazon Redshift Overview Amazon Redshift is a fully managed, petabyte data warehouse service over the cloud. Redshift data warehouse tables can be connected using JDBC/ODBC clients or through the Redshift query editor. Redshift comprises Leader Nodes interacting with Compute nodes and clients. Clients can only interact with a Leader node. Compute nodes can have multiple slices. Slices are nothing but virtual CPUs Athena Overview Amazon Athena is a serverless Analytics service to perform interactive queries over AWS S3. Since Athena is a serverless service, the user or Analyst does not have to worry about managing any infrastructure. Athena query DDLs are supported by Hive and query executions are internally supported by Presto Engine. Athena only supports S3 as a source for query executions. Athena supports almost all the S3 file formats to execute the query. Athena is well integrated with AWS Glue Crawler to devise the table DDLs Redshift Vs Athena Comparison Feature Comparison Amazon Redshift Features Redshift is purely an MPP data warehouse application service used by the Analyst or Data warehouse engineer who can query the tables. The tables are in columnar storage format for fast retrieval of data. You can watch a short intro on Redshift here: Data is stored in the nodes and when the Redshift users hit the query in the client/query editor, it internally communicates with Leader Node. The leader node internally communicates with the Compute node to retrieve the query results. In Redshift, both compute and storage layers are coupled, however in Redshift Spectrum, compute and storage layers are decoupled. Athena Features Athena is a serverless analytics service where an Analyst can directly perform the query execution over AWS S3. This service is very popular since this service is serverless and the user does not have to manage the infrastructure. Athena supports various S3 file-formats including CSV, JSON, parquet, orc, and Avro. Along with this Athena also supports the Partitioning of data. Partitioning is quite handy while working in a Big Data environment Redshift Vs Athena – Feature Comparison Table Scope of Scaling Both Redshift and Athena have an internal scaling mechanism. Get the best content from the world of data science in your inbox once a month.Thank you for Subscribing to our Newsletter! Amazon Redshift Scaling Since data is stored inside the node, you need to be very careful in terms of storage inside the node. While managing the cluster, you need to define the number of nodes initially. Once the cluster is ready with a specific number of nodes, you can reduce or increase the nodes. Redshift provides 2 kinds of node resizing features: Elastic resize Classic resize Elastic Resize Elastic resize is the fasted way to resize the cluster. In the elastic resize, the cluster will be unavailable briefly. This often happens only for a few minutes. Redshift will place the query in a paused state temporarily. However, this resizing feature has a drawback as it supports a resizing in multiples of 2 (for dc2.large or ds2.xlarge cluster) ie. 2 node clusters changed to 4 or a 4 node cluster can be reduced to 2, etc. Also, you cannot modify a dense compute node cluster to dense storage or vice versa. This resize method only supports VPC platform clusters. Classic Resize Classic resize is a slower way of resizing a cluster. Your cluster will be in a read-only state during the resizing period. This operation may take a few hours to days depending upon the actual data storage size. For classic resize you should take a snapshot of your data before the resizing operation. Workaround for faster resize -> If you want to increase 4 node cluster to 10 node cluster, perform classic resize to 5 node cluster and then use elastic resize to increase 10 node cluster for faster resizing. Athena Scaling Being a serverless service, you do not have to worry about scaling in Athena. AWS manages the scaling of your Athena infrastructure. However, there is a limit on the number of queries, databases defined by AWS ie. number of concurrent queries, the number of databases per account/role, etc. Ease of Data Replication Amazon Redshift – Ease of Data Replication In Redshift, there is a concept of the Copy command. Using the Copy command, data can be loaded into Redshift from S3, Dynamodb, or EC2 instances. Although the Copy command is for fast loading it will work at its best when all the slices of nodes equally participate in the copy command Download the Guide to Select the Right Data Warehouse Learn the key factors you should consider while selecting the right data warehouse for your business. Below is an example: copy table from 's3://<your-bucket-name>/load/key_prefix' credentials 'aws_access_key_id=<Your-Access-Key-ID>;aws_secret_access_key=<Your-Secret-Access-Key>' Options; You can load multiple files in parallel so that all the slices can participate. For the COPY command to work efficiently, it is recommended to have your files divided into equal sizes of 1 MB – 1 GB after compression. For example, if you are trying to load a file of 2 GB into DS1.xlarge cluster, you can divide the file into 2 parts of 1 GB each after compression so that all the 2 slices of DS1.xlarge can participate in parallel. Please refer to AWS documentation to get the slice information for each type of Redshift node. Using Redshift Spectrum, you can further leverage the performance by keeping cold data in S3 and hot data in the Redshift cluster. This way you can further improve your performance. In case you are looking for a much easier and seamless means to load data to Redshift, you can consider fully managed Data Integration Platforms such as LIKE.TG . LIKE.TG helps load data from any data source to Redshift in real-time without having to write any code. Athena – Ease of Data Replication Since Athena is an Analytical query service, you do not have to move the data into Data Warehouse. You can directly query your data over S3 and this way you do not have to worry about node management, loading the data, etc. Data Storage Formats Supported by Redshift and Athena Redshift data warehouse only supports structured data at the node level. However, Redshift Spectrum tables do also support other storage formats ie. parquet, orc, etc. On the other hand, Athena supports a large number of storage formats ie. parquet, orc, Avro, JSON, etc. It also has a feature called Glue classifier. Athena is well integrated with AWS Glue. Athena table DDLs can be generated automatically using Glue crawlers too. Glue has saved a lot of significant manual tasks of writing manual DDL or defining the table structure manually. In Glue, there is a feature called a classifier. Using the Glue classifier, you can make Athena support a custom file type. This is a much better feature that made Athena quite handy dealing in with almost all the types of file formats. Data Warehouse Performance Redshift Data Warehouse Performance The performance of the data warehouse application is solely dependent on the way your cluster is defined. In Redshift, there is a concept of Distribution key and Sort key. The distribution key defines the way how your data is distributed inside the node. The distribution key drives your query performance during the joins. Sort key defines the way data is stored in the blocks. The more the data is in sorted order the faster the performance of your query will be. Sort key can be termed as a replacement for an index in other MPP data warehouses. Sort keys are primarily taken into effect during the filter operations. There are 2 types of sort keys (Compound sort keys and Interleaved sort keys). In compound sort keys, the sort keys columns get the weight in the order the sort keys columns are defined. On the other hand in the compound sort key, all the columns get equal weightage. Interleaved sort keys are typically used when multiple users are using the same query but are unsure of the filter condition Another important performance feature in Redshift is the VACUUM. Bear in mind VACUUM is an I/O intensive operation and should be used during the off-business hours. However, off-late AWS has introduced the feature of auto-vacuuming however it is still advised to vacuum your tables during regular intervals. The vacuum will keep your tables sorted and reclaim the deleted blocks (For delete operations performed earlier in the cluster). You can read about Redshift VACUUM here. Athena Performance Athena Performance primarily depends on the way you hit your query. If you are querying a huge file without filter conditions and selecting all the columns, in that case, your performance might degrade. You need to be very cautious in selecting only the needful columns. You are advisable to partition your data and store your data in columnar/compressed format (ie. parquet or orc). In case you want to preview the data, better perform the limit operation else your query will take more time to execute. Example:- Select * from employee; -- High run time Select * from employee limit 10 -- better run time Amazon Redshift Vs Athena – Pricing AWS Redshift Pricing The performance of Redshift depends on the node type and snapshot storage utilized. In the case of Spectrum, the query cost and storage cost will also be added Here is the node level pricing for Redshift for the N.Virginia region (Pricing might vary based on region) AWS Athena Pricing The good part is that in Athena, you are charged only for the amount of data for which the query is scanned. Your query needs to be designed such that it does not perform unnecessary scans. As a best practice, you should compress and partition the data to save the cost significantly The usage cost of N.Virginia is $5 per TB of data scanned (The pricing might vary based on region) Along with the query scan charge, you are also charged for the data stored in S3 Architecture Athena – Architecture Athena is a serverless platform with a decoupled storage and compute architecture that allows users to query data directly in S3 without having to ingest or copy it. It is multi-tenant and uses shared resources. Users have no control over the compute resources that Athena allocates from the shared resource pool per query. Amazon Redshift Architecture The oldest architecture in the group is Redshift, which was the first Cloud DW. Its architecture was not built to separate storage and computation. While it now has RA3 nodes, which allow you to scale compute and only cache the data you need locally, it still runs as a single process. Because different workloads cannot be separated and isolated over the same data, it lags behind other decoupled storage/computing architectures. Redshift is deployed in your VPC as an isolated tenant per customer, unlike other cloud data warehouses. Scalability Athena – Scalability Athena is a multi-tenant shared resource, so there are no guarantees about the amount or availability of resources allocated to your queries. It can scale to large data volumes in terms of data volume, but large data volumes can result in very long run times and frequent time outs. The maximum number of concurrent queries is 20. Athena is probably not the best choice if scalability is a top priority. Redshift – Scalability Even with RA3, Redshift’s scale is limited because it can’t distribute different workloads across clusters. While it can automatically scale up to 10 clusters to support query concurrency, it can only handle 50 queued queries across all clusters by default. Use Cases Athena – Use Cases For Ad-Hoc analytics, Athena is a great option. Because Athena is serverless and handles everything behind the scenes, you can keep the data where it is and start querying without worrying about hardware or much else. When you need consistent and fast query performance, as well as high concurrency, it isn’t a good fit. As a result, it is rarely the best option for operational or customer-facing applications. It can also be used for batch processing, which is frequently used in machine learning applications. Redshift – -Use Cases Redshift was created to help analysts with traditional internal BI reporting and dashboard use cases. As a result, it’s commonly used as a multi-purpose Enterprise data warehouse. It can also use the AWS ML service because of its deep integrations into the AWS ecosystem, making it useful for ML projects. It is less suited for operational use cases and customer-facing use cases like Data Apps, due to the coupling of storage and compute and the difficulty in delivering low-latency analytics at scale. It’s difficult to use for Ad-Hoc analytics because of the tight coupling of storage and compute, as well as the requirement to pre-define sort and dist keys for optimal performance. Data Security Amazon Redshift – Data Security Redshift has various layers of security Cluster credential level security IAM level security Security group-level security to control the inbound rules at the port level VPC to protect your cluster by launching your cluster in a virtual networking environment Cluster encryption -> Tables and snapshots can be encrypted SSL connects can be encrypted to enforce the connection from the JDBC/ODBC SQL client to the cluster for security in transit Has facility the load and unload of the data into/from the cluster in an encrypted manner using various encryption methods It has a feature of CloudHSM. With the help of CloudHSM, you can use certificates to configure a trusted connection between Redshift and your HSM environment Athena: Data Security You can query your tables either using console or CLI Being a serverless service, AWS is responsible for protecting your infrastructure. Third-party auditors validate the security of the AWS cloud environment too. At the service level, Athena access can be controlled using IAM. Below is the encryption at rest methodologies for Athena: Service side encryption (SSE-S3) KMS encryption (SSE-KMS) Client-side encryption with keys managed by the client (CSE-KMS) Security in Transit AWS Athena uses TLS level encryption for transit between S3 and Athena as Athena is tightly integrated with S3. Query results from Athena to JDBC/ODBC clients are also encrypted using TLS. Athena also supports AWS KMS to encrypted datasets in S3 and Athena query results. Athena uses CMK (Customer Master Key) to encrypt S3 objects. Conclusion Both Redshift and Athena are wonderful services as Data Warehouse applications. If used in conjunction, it can provide great benefits. One should use Amazon Redshift when high computation is required and query large datasets and use Athena for simple queries. Share your experience of learning about Redshift vs Athena in the comments section below!
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
100亿!申通获浦发银行融资支持;全国“最缺工”职业快递员排进前五;马士基下调全球集装箱需求增长预期
100亿!申通获浦发银行融资支持;全国“最缺工”职业快递员排进前五;马士基下调全球集装箱需求增长预期
发改委:三方面着力提升区域供应链韧性 11月2日消息,国家发改委副主任林念修在APEC加强供应链韧性促进经济复苏论坛上表示,当前新冠肺炎疫情和乌克兰危机影响相互交织,全球化进程遭遇逆流,供应链体系紊乱加剧。为进一步提升区域供应链韧性,林念修提出三点倡议:一是走开放创新之路,推进区域贸易自由化便利化;二是走合作发展之路,促进产业链供应链互联互通;三是走低碳转型之路,构建绿色可持续供应链体系。 申通获浦发银行100亿融资支持 11月1日,申通快递与上海浦东发展银行股份有限公司(简称“浦发银行”)在上海正式签订战略合作,协同推进“打造中国质效领先的经济型快递”目标加快实现和申通网络生态圈健康发展。 根据协议,双方将在企业融资、供应链金融、资产证券化、跨境贸易、绿色金融等领域展开长期合作。其中,企业融资方面,浦发银行为申通快递提供100亿元融资支持,助力申通全网在扩能、提质、增效等全方位持续进步。 “最缺工”100个职业快递员进入前五 11月2日,人力资源和社会保障部日前发布2022年三季度全国“最缺工”的100个职业排行。其中,营销员、车工、餐厅服务员、快递员、保洁员、保安员、商品营业员、家政服务员、客户服务管理员、焊工等职业位列前十。 据介绍,与2022年二季度相比,制造业缺工状况持续,技术工种岗位缺工较为突出。物流及运输行业缺工程度有所增加,邮政营业员、道路客运服务员新进排行,快件处理员、道路货运汽车驾驶员、装卸搬运工等职业缺工程度加大。 该排行是由中国就业培训技术指导中心组织102个定点监测城市公共就业服务机构,采集人力资源市场“招聘需求人数”和“求职人数”缺口排名前20的职业岗位信息,综合考量岗位缺口数量、填报城市数量等因素加工汇总整理形成。 海晨股份:新能源汽车是公司寻求业务增量的主要方向之一 11月2日消息,海晨股份发布投资者关系活动记录表,公司近日接受54家机构单位调研。海晨股份称,为应对消费电子出货量下滑,在收入端,公司积极拓展新能源汽车市场,提升市占率;同时也会凭借当年的竞争优势,不断开拓消费电子及其它行业,提升行业内的市场份额,对冲出货量下滑的影响。 新能源汽车业务方面,公司主要为整车生产企业提供从入厂物流、整车仓库到备品备件的管理。前三季度保持了很好的增速,该项业务收入占比不断提升。 海晨股份称,新能源汽车市场处于高速增长中,是公司未来寻求业务增量的一个主要方向。目前除了持续做好已有整车生产企业的服务外,也正努力为部分汽车零配件生产厂商提供服务。同时,公司已积极与多家目标整车生产企业进行商务沟通,寻求业务合作机会。 细分市场内部无创新 一般而言,创新是指在持续的量变中,改变行业的发展路径或者方式。前些年,加盟模式、整合平台等在持续的优化过程不断加速了零担行业的变革。如今,零担行业已经进入了创新模式下的平稳优化阶段,各个企业都在等待规模效益临界点的到来,然后进入下一次的大变革。 实际上,目前的零担行业是仍急速变化的。起码,上游的商流在快速变化,只不过物流提供的产品是相对简单的,只能在模式、运营管理方法、运作设备等方面进行创新。因此创新具有一定的延后性。 零担企业的产品服务基本能够满足客户的需求,这也导致了当下的创新是相当缓慢。快运虽然是发展最快的细分行业,头部高速发展,市场集中度快速提升,但在大创新方面却基本没有成绩。 目前,各个企业的经营模式、运营体系基本已经成熟,都追求的是货量的增长。下一波货量规模临界点到来之前,怕很难有组织、资源或者颠覆现有模式的创新。 快运基本无大创新是因为,其当下的体系能够满足现阶段商流的需求,并且生存条件并不差。而区域零担和专线则不同,全国区域零担企业数百家,专线企业10万家,市场竞争远比快运市场要更激烈。 所以,区域零担和专线的更有打破现状的创新需求,而实际上,区域零担和专线企业都经历了多种创新尝试。 京东发布双11战报:截至11月1日24时累计售出商品超5.5亿件 11月2日,京东发布双11战报,从10月31日晚8点至11月1日24时,京东累计售出商品超5.5亿件,成交额前20的品牌中,中国品牌占比达80%;中小企业和商家在京东11.11赢得增长契机,近5万中小品牌成交额同比增长超100%,近7万中小商家成交额同比增长超100%。高质量农产品-消费升级-农民增收的正循环加速运转,四到六线市场消费增速领先全国。 截至11月1日晚8点,全国超千万家庭已经收到京东11.11开门红第一单。通过智能物流基础设施的应用与升级,全国京东物流亚洲一号智能产业园大规模处理量较去年同期提升超过40%。 满帮大数据:双11预售阶段快递快运类订单环比增长13.7% 满帮大数据显示,2022年10月20日至10月31日,快递快运类订单环比增长13.7%,平均运距为930.87公里。仅预售阶段,货运量就呈现出了较高的涨幅。 预售期,快递类订单收货量最多的省份分别为广东、江苏、浙江、山东、四川。细观城市数据,成都是快递类收货量最多的城市,超越上海,成为购买力最强的新一线城市。增速方面,海南、云南、黑龙江、广东、福建成为快递类收货量增速最快的五个省份。 发货量方面,浙江、江苏、广州、山东、河南是预售阶段全国快递类发货量排名前五的省份,上海则超越苏州,稳坐发货城市头把交椅。 纵观整个预售阶段,快递类货物的热门运输线路也悄悄发生着变化。满帮大数据显示,2022年10月20日-10月31日,快递类订单量最大的线路除了上海、苏州、杭州以外,广州-南宁、杭州-沈阳和昆明-西双版纳也成功跻身前十名。华南、东北部地区的经济联动逐步加深,国内经济内循环也在持续渗透。 马士基下调2022年全球集装箱需求增长预期 11月2日,马士基官微消息,A.P.穆勒-马士基发布2022年第三季度财报。数据显示,第三季度营收增至228亿美元,息税折旧及摊销前利润(EBITDA)增至109亿美元,息税前利润(EBIT)增至95亿美元。第三季度利润为89亿美元,前九个月利润共计242亿美元。过去12个月投资资本回报率(ROIC)为66.6%。 马士基预计,2022年全年实际息税折旧及摊销前利润(EBITDA)为370亿美元,实际息税前利润(underlying EBIT)为310亿美元,自由现金流将超过240亿美元。 鉴于经济放缓的趋势预计会持续至2023年,马士基已将2022年全球集装箱需求增长的预期下调至-2/-4%,而此前预期为+1/-1%。2022-2023年资本支出预期保持不变,为90亿至100亿美元。 鄂州花湖机场正式开启客机腹舱带货功能 11月1日上午11:10时,飞往北京的南航CZ8908航班从花湖机场准时起飞。与以往不同,本次航班上除了前往北京的90名旅客外,还有装载在飞机腹舱的来自顺丰一批222公斤快件货物。这也标志着鄂州花湖机场正式开通腹舱货运业务,朝着建设国际一流航空货运枢纽目标又迈出关键一步。据介绍,鄂州花湖机场后续还将和东航、厦航等航空公司一起开展腹舱带货业务。 圆通国际正式更名为“圆通国际快递供应链科技” 11月1日,圆通速递国际发布公告称,“圆通速递(国际)控股有限公司”改为“圆通国际快递供应链科技有限公司”。 此前9月29日,圆通速递国际公布,董事会建议将公司英文名称由“YTO Express (International) Holdings Limited”更改为“YTO International Express and Supply Chain Technology Limited”及采纳公司中文双重外国名称,由现有的双重外国名称“圆通速递(国际)控股有限公司”改为“圆通国际快递供应链科技有限公司”。 董事会认为,建议更改公司名称符合本集团对未来发展及重塑品牌的战略业务计划,并相信,建议更改公司名称将为本集团提供全新的企业形象,有利于本集团之未来业务发展。 怡亚通:拟10.6亿元投建“怡亚通新经济供应链创新中心” 11月2日,怡亚通公告,全资子公司深圳怡亚通产城创新发展有限公司,与佛山市崇茂企业管理有限公司共同以现金出资方式,出资设立“佛山怡亚通产业创新有限公司”,注册资本为1.5亿元。公司设立上述项目公司用于在佛山地区投资建设“怡亚通新经济供应链创新中心”项目,从事地块建设开发,引领佛山地区产业转型升级。该项目规划总建筑面积约为10万平方米,投资总额不超过10.6亿元。
12大全球供应链新趋势!
12大全球供应链新趋势!
供应链是当今大多数制造业和商业企业的命脉,尤其在全球政治不稳定,劳动力短缺,全球化趋势变化,或者大型流行病期间,以下和大家分享一些最新全球供应链技术和管理趋势。 一、循环供应链 线性供应链很快将被循环供应链所取代,在循环供应链中,制造商翻新废弃产品进行转售。为了应对原材料成本的上涨及其波动性,许多公司选择将其产品分解,重新修复,取舍材料,处理和包装,然后上市销售。 供应链循环可以帮助降低成本,有了循环供应链,公司可以减少在原材料上的消耗,可以降低价格波动的风险。此外,循环供应链可以减少浪费,帮助企业减少对环境的总体影响。政府对回收和废物处理的严格规定也促使企业考虑采用循环供应链。具有可持续做法的企业也可能获得激励,不仅来自政府,也来自消费者,年轻一代更喜欢环保产品。 ALSCO 苏州提供的可循环包装解决方案,将包装材料循环应用,是循环供应链典型案例。 二、绿色供应链 世界各类环保组织和消费者一直在努力为环境负责,推动供应链对环境的危害减小。电力和运输对全球的温室气体排放有着巨大的贡献,因此绿色物流在当今许多公司中迅速受到青睐。例如,环保型仓库具有先进的能源管理系统,该系统使用计时器和仪表来监控所有设施的电力、热量、水和天然气的使用情况。这些系统有助于防止过度浪费资源。电动和太阳能汽车在供应链中的应用也越来越多;这些车辆有助于减少供应链的整体碳足迹。 同样,气候变化带来的环境变化影响了材料和资源的可用性,对供应链造成了潜在的破坏。公司将不得不考虑这些因素,并在必要时寻找其他资源。 采取可持续供应链的企业也将在利润和客户忠诚度方面获得更多收益(尼尔森,2018)。调查显示,超过60%的客户不介意为可持续产品支付溢价。随着绿色消费的兴起,预计未来几年会有更多的公司实施环保供应链流程。 三、整合供应链 未来几年,随着公司寻求与第三方建立合作伙伴关系,供应链将出现更多整合。与第三方服务合作可以帮助公司在提高客户服务质量并降低成本。 例如,更多的企业将整合并开始提供内陆服务,降低整体货运成本,简化供应链。对于经常使用海陆运输相结合的产品的托运人来说,集成尤其有用。通过集成服务,交付时间更短,客户服务也得到改善。亚马逊效应也促使企业尽可能优化其供应链。因此,更多的供应链管理者将与第三方物流供应商(3PL)和科技公司合作。第三方物流供应商提供进出境货运管理,并且拥有更多供应链资源。同样,基于第三方物流的技术允许供应链管理者通过API集成多个管理系统,并将其连接到云。这些集成将使供应链管理者能够克服内部技术解决方案的局限性。Deep Insights洞隐科技整合云计算,AI,IOT等自动化技术,以及云端TMS和WMS等,提供云服务的端到端可视化解决方案,是供应链整合解决方案的优秀应用。 四、劳动力全球化与挑战 一项研究最初预测,到2020年,80%的制造商将在多国开展业务,尽管,随着疫情的爆发,这一增长可能受到了影响,可能推迟了几年。 对更多知识工人的需求等因素影响了劳动力全球化的需求。知识工人——那些能够处理分析、数据,自动化和人工智能等复杂流程的人——将是供应链的劳动力组成部分。 越来越多的公司试图通过将这些工作外包并将业务扩展到美国以外的国家来填补这一缺口。先进的IT系统、协作软件使公司更容易实现全球化。 五、SCaaS 现在还有许多公司都在内部处理其供应链活动。尽管如此,未来我们可能会看到更多的企业采用“供应链即服务”或SCaaS商业模式,并外包制造、物流和库存管理等活动。公司的供应链管理团队将很快发展成为一小群专注于做出战略决策的高端人士。 随着内部供应链团队的规模越来越小,控制塔将变得越来越普遍。这些先进的数字控制塔为供应链管理者提供了供应链的端到端视图。云技术允许供应链管理人员随时随地访问所需的数据。同样,技术创新一日千里,供应链技术将很快“随时可用”。这种方法最初出现在SaaS软件中,它允许公司通过避免基础设施、升级和维护方面的固定成本来减少管理费用。 六、短生命周期产品供应链 随着产品生命周期的缩短,供应链必须发展得更快、更高效。如今,许多公司对所有产品使用单一的供应链,尽管这些产品的生命周期存在差异。未来,公司将不得不开发不同的供应链,以适应这些不同的生命周期并保持盈利。更短的产品生命周期要求公司重新思考其供应链并简化流程,以确保能够跟上对新产品的常规需求。令人担忧的是,截至2017年,43%的小企业仍在进行手动库存跟踪。 七、弹性供应链 供应链仅仅拥有精益流程是不够的;供应链也需要灵活应对市场波动。因此,越来越多的企业正在采用灵活的物流方式。弹性物流使供应链能够根据当前市场需求轻松扩张或收缩。人工智能等技术允许供应链在最小干扰的情况下根据需要进行调整。 弹性物流为供应链中的变量提供了灵活性,包括航行时间表、承运空间、集装箱使用和路线优化。这种可调整性有助于公司更好地处理潜在的问题,如货物积压和空间浪费。因此,企业可以享有更大的稳定性,并在市场波动的情况下保持竞争力。 以下分享几款最受欢迎的供应链管理软件: Brightpearl:一种创新的全渠道管理工具,适用于电子商务企业和零售商,旨在管理订单、库存和客户数据。 Hippo CMMS:一个用户友好的维护管理解决方案,旨在帮助企业管理、组织和跟踪维护操作。 Easyship:一个基于云的运输软件,旨在帮助电子商务企业简化本地和国际运输。 Deep Insights:洞隐科技整合科箭的一体化供应链执行云平台与吉联的航运代理行业解决方案,打通全程供应链,洞察供应链数据新价值,并运用AI技术,实现效率和成本优化。 八、透明供应链和可见性供应链 消费者越来越担心现代商业对环境的影响,同时为了应对各种复杂环境对供应链的影响,公司将需要供应链更加透明。公司已经开始在供应链的可持续性和减少碳足迹的努力方面提供一些透明度。尽管如此,还需要更多地了解供应链对社会其他方面的影响。全球贸易性质的变化也可能导致供应链实践的强制性披露。例如,公司很快将不得不考虑提供报告,说明其供应链对创造的就业机会、采购实践以及劳动力类型和使用的运输方式的影响。披露有关供应链这些方面的信息可以帮助公司提高消费者的品牌形象,并在必要时为遵守监管要求做好准备。 九、区块链供应链 供应链可见性仍然是当今大多数公司最关心的问题,因此越来越多的企业将寻求将区块链技术集成到其供应链中。区块链技术可以帮助使整个供应链更加透明,以最大限度地减少中断并改善客户服务。通过区块链,供应链的所有组成部分都可以集成到一个单一的平台中。承运人、航运公司、货代和物流供应商可以使用同一平台向公司和客户更新产品行程。发票和付款也可以在同一个系统中进行。这种集成简化了整个供应链,并帮助供应链管理者在问题发生之前发现问题。 区块链还为信息提供了无与伦比的保护,因为该技术的去中心化方法可以保护数据不被篡改。所有用户必须同意对数据进行更新或编辑,然后才能实施这些更新或编辑。 十、物联网供应链 除了区块链,越来越多的公司正在实施物联网设备,以提高其供应链的可见性。例如,飞机、卡车和其他运输方式都可以安装传感器,提供运输和交付的实时跟踪更新。仓库和零售店的物联网技术还可以提高生产、库存管理和预测性维护的可见性。公司可以使用所有这些实时信息来主动满足客户需求,最大限度地减少停机时间,并提高供应链的整体效率。 十一、机器人和自动化供应链 机器人技术在改变供应链方面发挥着巨大作用。仅在2019年上半年,北美公司就在16400多台机器人上花费了8.69亿美元。如今,越来越多的公司正在使用无人机和无人驾驶汽车来简化物流运营。公司和消费者可希望无人机有能力运送小商品。自动驾驶汽车也可能更加先进,能够做出自动交通决策。 在仓库中,自主移动机器人将更多地用于加速琐碎的劳动密集型任务。与高效的仓库管理软件相结合,机器人可以大幅提高供应链的生产力。 十二、AI、AR和VR供应链 人工智能(AI)也将在提高供应链效率方面发挥重要作用。该技术用于使用基于先前过程的数据的算法来自动化过程。自动化通过消除人为错误提高了供应链的效率。人工智能还可以识别供应链中的模式,公司可以利用这项技术来预测采购需求和管理库存。这消除了规划和采购中的猜测,消除了规划者反复进行相同计算的必要性,DocuAI智能解决方案就能识别供应链中的各种文件,譬如提单,箱单,发票,托书等,自动提取录入数据,或者自动执行单单相符比对,可以大大减轻人类员工工作量,提高效率。 增强现实(AR)和虚拟现实(VR)也为提高供应链的效率带来了各种可能性。例如,AR设备可以让工作人员更有效地进行多任务处理。公司还可以使用这些设备,通过在现实环境中预测潜在的产品用途,来加强产品开发工作。 作者介绍:曾志宏Lucas,北科大毕业,新加坡国立大学MBA,上海趋研信息联合创始人,曾服务于GE,Rolls-Royce,JCI,Whirlpool供应链部门,致力于货代行业和国际供应链领域流程自动化,智能化和可视化,AI+软件机器人RPA,以及数字供应链,智慧物流等的推广和传播 (微信: 1638881963)。 文章来源:物流沙龙
2023年12大全球供应链新趋势!
2023年12大全球供应链新趋势!
作者 |曾志宏 来源 |物流沙龙 供应链是当今大多数制造业和商业企业的命脉,尤其在全球政治不稳定,劳动力短缺,全球化趋势变化,或者大型流行病期间,以下和大家分享一些最新全球供应链技术和管理趋势。 一、循环供应链 线性供应链很快将被循环供应链所取代,在循环供应链中,制造商翻新废弃产品进行转售。为了应对原材料成本的上涨及其波动性,许多公司选择将其产品分解,重新修复,取舍材料,处理和包装,然后上市销售。 供应链循环可以帮助降低成本,有了循环供应链,公司可以减少在原材料上的消耗,可以降低价格波动的风险。此外,循环供应链可以减少浪费,帮助企业减少对环境的总体影响。政府对回收和废物处理的严格规定也促使企业考虑采用循环供应链。具有可持续做法的企业也可能获得激励,不仅来自政府,也来自消费者,年轻一代更喜欢环保产品。 ALSCO 苏州提供的可循环包装解决方案,将包装材料循环应用,是循环供应链典型案例。 二、绿色供应链 世界各类环保组织和消费者一直在努力为环境负责,推动供应链对环境的危害减小。电力和运输对全球的温室气体排放有着巨大的贡献,因此绿色物流在当今许多公司中迅速受到青睐。例如,环保型仓库具有先进的能源管理系统,该系统使用计时器和仪表来监控所有设施的电力、热量、水和天然气的使用情况。这些系统有助于防止过度浪费资源。电动和太阳能汽车在供应链中的应用也越来越多;这些车辆有助于减少供应链的整体碳足迹。 同样,气候变化带来的环境变化影响了材料和资源的可用性,对供应链造成了潜在的破坏。公司将不得不考虑这些因素,并在必要时寻找其他资源。 采取可持续供应链的企业也将在利润和客户忠诚度方面获得更多收益(尼尔森,2018)。调查显示,超过60%的客户不介意为可持续产品支付溢价。随着绿色消费的兴起,预计未来几年会有更多的公司实施环保供应链流程。 三、整合供应链 未来几年,随着公司寻求与第三方建立合作伙伴关系,供应链将出现更多整合。与第三方服务合作可以帮助公司在提高客户服务质量并降低成本。 例如,更多的企业将整合并开始提供内陆服务,降低整体货运成本,简化供应链。对于经常使用海陆运输相结合的产品的托运人来说,集成尤其有用。通过集成服务,交付时间更短,客户服务也得到改善。亚马逊效应也促使企业尽可能优化其供应链。因此,更多的供应链管理者将与第三方物流供应商(3PL)和科技公司合作。第三方物流供应商提供进出境货运管理,并且拥有更多供应链资源。同样,基于第三方物流的技术允许供应链管理者通过API集成多个管理系统,并将其连接到云。这些集成将使供应链管理者能够克服内部技术解决方案的局限性。Deep Insights洞隐科技整合云计算,AI,IOT等自动化技术,以及云端TMS和WMS等,提供云服务的端到端可视化解决方案,是供应链整合解决方案的优秀应用。 四、劳动力全球化与挑战 一项研究最初预测,到2020年,80%的制造商将在多国开展业务,尽管,随着疫情的爆发,这一增长可能受到了影响,可能推迟了几年。 对更多知识工人的需求等因素影响了劳动力全球化的需求。知识工人——那些能够处理分析、数据,自动化和人工智能等复杂流程的人——将是供应链的劳动力组成部分。 越来越多的公司试图通过将这些工作外包并将业务扩展到美国以外的国家来填补这一缺口。先进的IT系统、协作软件使公司更容易实现全球化。 五、SCaaS 现在还有许多公司都在内部处理其供应链活动。尽管如此,未来我们可能会看到更多的企业采用“供应链即服务”或SCaaS商业模式,并外包制造、物流和库存管理等活动。公司的供应链管理团队将很快发展成为一小群专注于做出战略决策的高端人士。 随着内部供应链团队的规模越来越小,控制塔将变得越来越普遍。这些先进的数字控制塔为供应链管理者提供了供应链的端到端视图。云技术允许供应链管理人员随时随地访问所需的数据。同样,技术创新一日千里,供应链技术将很快“随时可用”。这种方法最初出现在SaaS软件中,它允许公司通过避免基础设施、升级和维护方面的固定成本来减少管理费用。 六、短生命周期产品供应链 随着产品生命周期的缩短,供应链必须发展得更快、更高效。如今,许多公司对所有产品使用单一的供应链,尽管这些产品的生命周期存在差异。未来,公司将不得不开发不同的供应链,以适应这些不同的生命周期并保持盈利。更短的产品生命周期要求公司重新思考其供应链并简化流程,以确保能够跟上对新产品的常规需求。令人担忧的是,截至2017年,43%的小企业仍在进行手动库存跟踪。 七、弹性供应链 供应链仅仅拥有精益流程是不够的;供应链也需要灵活应对市场波动。因此,越来越多的企业正在采用灵活的物流方式。弹性物流使供应链能够根据当前市场需求轻松扩张或收缩。人工智能等技术允许供应链在最小干扰的情况下根据需要进行调整。 弹性物流为供应链中的变量提供了灵活性,包括航行时间表、承运空间、集装箱使用和路线优化。这种可调整性有助于公司更好地处理潜在的问题,如货物积压和空间浪费。因此,企业可以享有更大的稳定性,并在市场波动的情况下保持竞争力。 以下分享几款最受欢迎的供应链管理软件: Brightpearl:一种创新的全渠道管理工具,适用于电子商务企业和零售商,旨在管理订单、库存和客户数据。 Hippo CMMS:一个用户友好的维护管理解决方案,旨在帮助企业管理、组织和跟踪维护操作。 Easyship:一个基于云的运输软件,旨在帮助电子商务企业简化本地和国际运输。 Deep Insights:洞隐科技整合科箭的一体化供应链执行云平台与吉联的航运代理行业解决方案,打通全程供应链,洞察供应链数据新价值,并运用AI技术,实现效率和成本优化。 八、透明供应链和可见性供应链 消费者越来越担心现代商业对环境的影响,同时为了应对各种复杂环境对供应链的影响,公司将需要供应链更加透明。公司已经开始在供应链的可持续性和减少碳足迹的努力方面提供一些透明度。尽管如此,还需要更多地了解供应链对社会其他方面的影响。全球贸易性质的变化也可能导致供应链实践的强制性披露。例如,公司很快将不得不考虑提供报告,说明其供应链对创造的就业机会、采购实践以及劳动力类型和使用的运输方式的影响。披露有关供应链这些方面的信息可以帮助公司提高消费者的品牌形象,并在必要时为遵守监管要求做好准备。 九、区块链供应链 供应链可见性仍然是当今大多数公司最关心的问题,因此越来越多的企业将寻求将区块链技术集成到其供应链中。区块链技术可以帮助使整个供应链更加透明,以最大限度地减少中断并改善客户服务。通过区块链,供应链的所有组成部分都可以集成到一个单一的平台中。承运人、航运公司、货代和物流供应商可以使用同一平台向公司和客户更新产品行程。发票和付款也可以在同一个系统中进行。这种集成简化了整个供应链,并帮助供应链管理者在问题发生之前发现问题。 区块链还为信息提供了无与伦比的保护,因为该技术的去中心化方法可以保护数据不被篡改。所有用户必须同意对数据进行更新或编辑,然后才能实施这些更新或编辑。 十、物联网供应链 除了区块链,越来越多的公司正在实施物联网设备,以提高其供应链的可见性。例如,飞机、卡车和其他运输方式都可以安装传感器,提供运输和交付的实时跟踪更新。仓库和零售店的物联网技术还可以提高生产、库存管理和预测性维护的可见性。公司可以使用所有这些实时信息来主动满足客户需求,最大限度地减少停机时间,并提高供应链的整体效率。 十一、机器人和自动化供应链 机器人技术在改变供应链方面发挥着巨大作用。仅在2019年上半年,北美公司就在16400多台机器人上花费了8.69亿美元。如今,越来越多的公司正在使用无人机和无人驾驶汽车来简化物流运营。公司和消费者可希望无人机有能力运送小商品。自动驾驶汽车也可能更加先进,能够做出自动交通决策。 在仓库中,自主移动机器人将更多地用于加速琐碎的劳动密集型任务。与高效的仓库管理软件相结合,机器人可以大幅提高供应链的生产力。 十二、AI、AR和VR供应链 人工智能(AI)也将在提高供应链效率方面发挥重要作用。该技术用于使用基于先前过程的数据的算法来自动化过程。自动化通过消除人为错误提高了供应链的效率。人工智能还可以识别供应链中的模式,公司可以利用这项技术来预测采购需求和管理库存。这消除了规划和采购中的猜测,消除了规划者反复进行相同计算的必要性,DocuAI智能解决方案就能识别供应链中的各种文件,譬如提单,箱单,发票,托书等,自动提取录入数据,或者自动执行单单相符比对,可以大大减轻人类员工工作量,提高效率。 增强现实(AR)和虚拟现实(VR)也为提高供应链的效率带来了各种可能性。例如,AR设备可以让工作人员更有效地进行多任务处理。公司还可以使用这些设备,通过在现实环境中预测潜在的产品用途,来加强产品开发工作。 作者介绍:曾志宏Lucas,北科大毕业,新加坡国立大学MBA,上海趋研信息联合创始人,曾服务于GE,Rolls-Royce,JCI,Whirlpool供应链部门,致力于货代行业和国际供应链领域流程自动化,智能化和可视化,AI+软件机器人RPA,以及数字供应链,智慧物流等的推广和传播
海外工具
10 个最佳 TikTok 标签生成工具
10 个最佳 TikTok 标签生成工具
TikTok标签,是提升视频曝光度的重要手段。贴上话题标签后,系统将内容推送给目标人群的精准度越大。对该话题感兴趣的用户也可以通过标签看到我们的视频,大大增加了内容的曝光度。 那么,今天就给大家推荐几个强大的标签生成工具,帮助大家在短时间内获得大量用户。 一、标签的作用 1、得到精准的推荐 添加标签的主要原因是迎合TikTok算法机制,让视频得到更多的曝光。TikTok是交互式算法,用户有地域、性别、喜好等标签,账号也有类目、地域、音乐、内容标签,当账号使用的标签越垂直,推荐的用户越精准。 所以我们要对视频打标签,这样算法可以把视频推荐给目标群体,同时由于内容符合目标群体喜好,所以获得更多观看、转化。 2、挖掘潜在粉丝人群 用户如果对某个主题或话题感兴趣,她会搜索该标签,如果你的视频刚好使用了该标签,你的视频就很可能被她看到。 比如:你的视频添加了【#eyeliner tutorial】的标签,这个视频将会归入到eyeliner tutorial主题标签下。 如果你使用了热度很高的趋势标签,你的短视频还可能会再爆。 3、创建自己的流量池 除了使用TikTok上已有的标签外,我们还可以自建标签,从此以后,如果有短视频添加了这个标签,视频就归类在同一个流量池里面了。 比如国货品牌花西子出海,他们就在平台上自创了品牌标签#florasis,从此以后视频中含有#florasis的都会进入到这个池子里面,如果有用户搜索了#florasis,就会被里面的视频无限种草。 二、10个标签生成工具 1 . Rapidtages Rapidtags 是 Tik Tok的主题标签生成器,创作者可以用此软件快速给视频生成适当的主题标签。 Rapidtags的界面使用起来很方便,根据视频主题生成最流行、最热门的主题标签。 不仅如此,还有标签分析器、标签排名和 YouTube 关键字工具这些功能。 2. Megaphone Megaphone 是为用户查找流行 Tik Tok主题标签的工具,它包括主题标签分析、热门主题标签的实时信息、制作独特主题标签的自定义选项等功能。 它还提供了各种用于内容开发和推广的附加社交媒体工具。 3. Ecommanalyze Ecommanalyze 是一个生成器,可让用户根据目标人群、地理位置和产品类别找到 TikTok 上的热门主题标签。 Ecommanalyze上有标签统计、标签竞争分析、基于热门主题的标签建议等功能。 还可以为企业提供各种电子商务解决方案,例如产品研究、竞争分析和受众分析。 4. Rite tag Rite tag为内容生成高质量的主题标签,并提供有关内容文本和图像的完整 TikTok 统计数据。 最好的部分是它可以与你的个人资料集成,为 TikTok 帖子建议最佳标签。 Rite tag可以让你知道哪些标签在 TikTok 上未得到充分利用或被禁止。但Ritetag要付费(49美元/月)。 5. tiktokhashtags 这可能是最好的 TikTok 主题标签生成器之一,它提供了一个简单的工具来查找与你的帖子相关的最佳主题标签。 只需在搜索栏中输入关键字,该工具就会为你的帖子获取最热门和特定领域的主题标签。复制这组主题标签并将其直接使用到你的 TikTok 帖子中,体验令人很好。 无需注册即可开始使用,因为该工具可以免费使用,可以立即开始搜索并获取 TikTok 的最佳主题标签。 6. allhashtag allhashtag拥有出色的功能,可以为你的个人资料创建、生成、分析和研究最佳的行业特定主题标签。主题标签工具允许你生成高质量的主题标签。它为你的帖子提供了最佳和最相关的主题标签列表。 它还允许你专门为你的个人资料创建品牌主题标签,这有助于吸引更多关注者。 重点是免费的! 7.datagemba 主题标签生成器是一款免费的主题标签生成器,可帮助你提高在社交媒体上的排名。该工具提供了最先进的搜索引擎,可提供令人难以置信的主题标签建议,这些建议经过过滤以匹配你的受众和利基市场。该工具使用起来非常简单,具有出色的定位算法。它还提供各种信息丰富的博客来帮助你了解所有功能。 使用主题标签生成器,你可以监控主要竞争对手的主题标签,并构建与你的帖子相关的主题标签建议列表。因此,可以使用此工具为你的内容找到最流行的主题标签。 8. In Tags In Tags 是一款免费的 Android 软件,为创作者的 TikTok 视频提供相关和流行的主题标签。 In Tags 也是根据关键字和短语算法来生成主题标签的,创作者还可以为将来的帖子添加常用标签并分享。 9. Hashtags AI Hashtags AI 是一款 Android 软件,可使用人工智能为 TikTok 等社交媒体网站生成主题标签。 根据内容主题、受众和流行的主题标签推荐合适的主题标签,还包括主题标签分析、主题标签分组、主题标签研究等工具。 在上图就可以看到标签使用率,还可以自定义并存储他们的主题标签列表方便以后使用这一点和Hashtag Expert 差不多。 10. Hashtag Expert Hashtag Expert是根据关键字分析算法根据帖子的内容生成主题标签列表,是一款 iOS 应用程序。 此程序提供了用于创建独一无二的主题标签的自定义选项,还可以搜索特定的主题标签并评估主题标签的受欢迎程度。 常用主题标签可以保存下来,以后用的时候直接点就行了,Hashtag Expert对于想要提高社交媒体帖子的曝光度和参与度的 iOS 用户来说, 是一款很不错的应用程序。 总之,使用标签,可以监控主要竞争对手的主题标签,并构建与你的帖子相关的主题标签建议列表。甚至可以找到不同类别的主题标签,让你知道哪些是趋势,哪些对你的成长无用。因此,使用标签也是非重要的一个环节。
10个免费谷歌工具,帮你快速分析调查产品市场
10个免费谷歌工具,帮你快速分析调查产品市场
Google是全球最大的搜索引擎,作为全球流量第一的搜索引擎,所有的跨境营销都离不开Google,所以今天我们给大家分享10个免费的谷歌工具,帮助我们快速分析调查产品市场。 1、Google Tends 这是谷歌提供的免费工具,用于展示特定搜索词在特定时间段内的搜索频率趋势。 它让用户能够洞察全球范围内某个特定搜索词的热门程度,并且可以按照地理位置、时间跨度以及相关搜索项来进行比较分析。 对于市场调研、内容创作和SEO优化而言,Google Trends是一个极其有用的工具,它能帮助用户更好地理解并抓住当前的搜索趋势。 2、Google search console Google Search Console(简称 GSC)是谷歌推出的一款免费工具,旨在协助网站所有者优化他们的网站,以提升在谷歌搜索结果中的可见度。 该工具可以帮助站长提交网站地图、检查网页索引情况、查看网站的外部链接情况、分析网站流量等。通过谷歌站长工具,站长可以更好地了解其网站在谷歌搜索引擎中的表现,并进行必要的优化. 3、Google Keyword Planner 谷歌官方关键词规划工具,可查询关键词搜索量、竞争程度等数据,这些数据可以被认为是相对准确和可靠的。 我们可以在谷歌广告账户中获取关键词的搜索量,出价,变化情况,竞争程度,页首高低位区间出价等情况,关键词规划师是我们投放facebook设置兴趣爱好词的时候一个很重要的来源。 在关键词建议列表中,你可以看到每个关键词的搜索量范围、竞争程度、预测点击率等指标。通过这些数据可以帮你了解关键词的流行度、竞争激烈程度和潜在的点击率。你可以决定对哪些关键词进行优化,哪些关键词可能不适合你的策略。 例如,一个高搜索量但低竞争的关键词可能是一个很好的机会,而一个低搜索量但高竞争的关键词可能不值得追求。 4、Google全球商机通 挖掘全球商机,当你计划将产品推向国际市场时,了解哪些地区最适合你的产品至关重要。 Google全球商机通是一款免费工具,可以在多种设备上轻松访问,包括手机和电脑。它提供了丰富详尽的产品分类,能迅速为你提供产品的市场排名、获客成本以及商业概况等关键数据。 利用Google全球商机通提供的详尽数据报告,你可以精准定位最佳的目标市场。 5、Google Correlate Google Correlate是一个经常被忽视的工具,但是在生成大量关键词列表方面非常强大。使用此工具的主要原因是能够查看哪些相关关键字也在被搜索。有了这些信息,你就可以开始增加关键字列表(特别是长尾关键词)。 6、YouTube Ads Leaderboard 在YouTube Ads Leaderboard榜单上,你可以发现那些最成功的YouTube广告视频。 当你的网络营销广告缺乏灵感时,观看这些视频可以为你提供极大的启发。它们展示了其他创作者是如何运用创意和营销技巧来吸引观众的。 通过每个月的热门广告视频,你可以紧随潮流,捕捉到客户需求的变化方向,并深入分析这些广告之所以受到欢迎的原因。这将有助于你为自己的产品创造出真正触动人心的广告内容。 7、Consumer Barometer Consumer Barometer是一款洞察消费者行为的免费工具,也被称作消费者晴雨表。你可以通过选择品类或者是相关问题来了解消费者购买产品的最新趋势数据,从而进一步的了解你的目标受众,对于卖家选品来很有参考性。 8、Google surveys “Google Surveys”能让你快速、高效地深入了解消费者的想法。收集所需的洞察数据,以制定更明智,更快速的业务决策,比起传统市场研究,只需要花很短的时间就能完成。 “消费者调查”能为你带来什么呢?简单获取自定义调查;调查真实有效;快速获取真实洞察;将洞察付诸行动。 9、Think with google 你的网站加载速度快吗?体验够好吗? Google推出的免费网站测试平台Test My Site可以为你的网站做出全面的诊断,并且给出优化建议,帮助你更好地运营独立站。 如果你的移动网站响应速度过慢,大多数人会放弃访问。Speed Scorecard是帮助诊断网站响应速度的一个工具。 10、Google Rich Media Gallery 想知道你的广告系列与同行业竞争对手的比较情况,或了解不同格式的效果趋势? 你可以使用Google Rich Media Gallery在各个国家/地区,垂直广告,广告格式和广告尺寸中提取关键用户互动指标,以便你计划和衡量展示广告系列的成功与否。
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
#自媒体#新媒体课堂——自媒体平台知多少?自媒体平台有哪些?
#自媒体#新媒体课堂——自媒体平台知多少?自媒体平台有哪些?
自媒体带起了一波创业者的高潮,做自媒体的主要就是两类人,要么是为了流量,获得用户关注;要么是为了阅读量,广告变现。说白了就是为了名利!有很多人都想做自媒体,但是该怎么做才好呢?做自媒体,写文章虽然重要,但是发文章比写重要10倍以上,只有让更多的人看到你的文章,你的文章才能给你带来更大的价值,一篇文章写出来,你发的平台不对,也不行。今天知道君整理了一些可以免费注册与发布的自媒体平台,如果你把文章发布到这些自媒体平台,你的每篇文章最少都有几万人看到,效果怎么样, 就不用多说了。现在直接分享给大家:微信公众平台微信公众平台,给个人、企业和组织提供业务服务与用户管理能力的全新服务平台。… 给企业和组织提供更强大的业务服务与用户管理能力,帮助企业快速实现全新的公众号服务平台是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.weixin.qq.com今日头条今日头条是一款基于数据挖掘的推荐引擎产品,它为用户推荐有价值的、个性化的信息,提供连接人与信息的新型服务,是国内移动互联网领域成长最快的产品服务之一是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.toutiao.com/百度百家百家是百度新闻的原创内容类平台。每日发布的优质内容将会在百度新闻的网页版、移动端呈现,并被百度搜索和百度其他产品线收录。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://baijia.baidu.com/搜狐媒体平台搜狐媒体平台是在搜狐门户改革背景下全新打造的内容发布和分类分发全平台。各个行业的优质内容供给者(媒体、自媒体)均可免费申请入驻,为搜狐提供内容;利用搜狐强大的媒体影响力,入驻媒体和自媒体可获取自己的用户,提升个人的品牌影响力是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.sohu.com/一点资讯一点资讯是一款高度智能的新闻资讯应用,通过它你可以搜索并订阅任意关键词,它会自动帮你聚合整理并实时更新相关资讯,同时会智能分析你的兴趣爱好,为你推荐感兴趣的内容。看新闻资讯,一点就够了!是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.yidianzixun.com/网易媒体平台网易订阅,聚合旅游、时尚、财经、科技资讯、时事新闻、RSS等众多内容,提供个性化的阅读服务是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://dy.163.com/wemedia/login.html企鹅媒体平台企鹅媒体平台是2016年3月1日,企鹅媒体平台正式推出,腾讯将提供四个方面的能力。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:https://om.qq.com/userAuth/index北京时间号北京时间互联网门户全新领导者,依托强大的推荐引擎与专业的媒体人团队为用户实时呈现最具价值的新鲜资讯。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.btime.com/QQ公众号QQ公众平台聚合着无限可能。凭借16年来积累的8亿用户资源,依托强势平台技术、数据沉淀和社交关系,QQ公众平台将有效聚集品牌和消费者,以开放合作的姿态与你一起打造未来。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.qq.com/凤凰自媒体“凤凰自媒体”正式更名为“凤凰号”。据了解,凤凰自媒体平台更名后,希望能加快品牌特色化进程,深耕高质量内容领域,由此形成行业差异化竞争格局,实现优质文章在凤凰新闻客户端、凤凰网、手机凤凰网、凤凰视频客户端等渠道的有效分发。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://fhh.ifeng.com/login大鱼号大鱼号是阿里文娱体系为内容创作者提供的统一账号。大鱼号实现了阿里文娱体系一点接入,多点分发。内容创作者一点接入大鱼号,上传图文/视频可被分发到UC、优酷、土豆、淘系客户端,未来还会扩展到豌豆荚、神马搜索、PP助手等。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.uc.cn/index.html知乎一个真实的网络问答社区,帮助你寻找答案,分享知识。..是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:https://www.zhihu.com/钛媒体【钛媒体官方网站】钛媒体是国内首家TMT公司人社群媒体,最有钛度的一人一媒体平台,集信息交流融合、IT技术信息、新媒体于一身的媒体平台。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.tmtpost.com/LIKE.TG+社区LIKE.TG最新又推出了一款扶持计划-『自媒体分享计划』满足条件的自媒体,入驻LIKE.TG+社区,可分享总价值百万资源包是否免费:免费操作难度:困难应用类型:全部应用网址:https://cloud.tencent.com/developer/support-plan?invite_code=oc38tj48tn8qhttp://www.tmtpost.com/虎嗅网聚合优质的创新信息与人群,捕获精选|深度|犀利的商业科技资讯。在虎嗅,不错过互联网的每个重要时刻。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:https://www.huxiu.com/砍柴网砍柴网创立于2013年,是一家拥有全球视野的前沿科技媒体,我们始终秉承观点独到、全面深入、有料有趣的宗旨,在科技与人文之间寻找商业新价值,坚持以人文的视角解读科技,用专业的精神剖析时代,孜孜不倦探索科技与商业的未来。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.ikanchai.com/i黑马i黑马是面向创业者的创新型综合服务平台,掌握创业创新领域强有力话语权的媒体矩阵,致力于帮助创业者获得投资、人才、宣传和经验。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.iheima.com/雷锋网雷锋网是国内最早关注人工智能和智能硬件领域的互联网科技媒体,内容涵盖人工智能、智能硬件、机器人、智能驾驶、ARVR、网络安全、物联网、未来医疗、金融科技等9大领域。雷锋网致力于连接和服务学术界、工业界与投资界,为用户提供更专业的互联网科技资讯和培训服务,让用户读懂智能与未来。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.leiphone.com/猎云网猎云网坚守用心服务创业者的理念,专注创业创新,互联网创业项目推荐,关注新产品、新公司、新模式,以原创独家报道、分析以及美国硅谷的一手报道闻名业界。为创业者、投资人及相关业内人士提供交流学习、资源对接的桥梁。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.lieyunwang.com/锌媒体锌媒体是一个关注前沿科技资讯、移动互联网,发现以及商业创新价值的泛科技自媒体平台。精选最新科技新闻,分享即时的移动互联网行业动态和以及提供最具商业价值的互联网创业案例,投资案例。提供绝对给力的干货、,在科技与人文之间挖掘商业新价值。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.xinmeti.com/派代网派代网定位为中国电子商务的入口,目前是中国最活跃、最具影响力的电子商务行业交流平台,聚集了大量的电子商务领军企业创始人群。提供电商学习、人才招聘、企业贷款等电子商务综合服务。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.paidai.com/简书致力于开发维护一套集合文字的书写、编集、发布功能于一体的在线写作编辑工具是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.jianshu.com/亿欧网亿欧是一家专注于新科技、新理念与各产业结合,以助力产业创新升级为使命的服务平台。亿欧旗下有4款产品,分别是亿欧网、视也、天窗、企服盒子。自2014年2月9日开始运营后,迅速成为互联网创业者和产业创新者的首选学习平台,是上百家知名企业的首选商业合作伙伴;先后获得盈动资本、高榕资本、盛景网联领投的三轮融资是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.iyiou.com/思达派思达派是专注创业服务市场的新媒体平台,定位“创业干货分享”,一站集成创业经验、教训等干货,帮助创业者少走弯路。同时还将举办各种线下创业分享和交流活动,分享创业心得,对接人脉、资本、以及公关推广等资源。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.startup-partner.com/界面界面是最受中国中产阶级欢迎的新闻及商业社交平台,旗下拥有精品新闻业务界面新闻、专业投资资讯平台摩尔金融及中国最大独立设计师电商网站尤物。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.jiemian.com/爱范儿聚焦新创和消费主题的科技媒体,成立于 2008 年 10 月,关注产品及体验,致力于“独立,前瞻,深入”的原创报道和分析评论,是国内唯一一家在产业和产品领域同时具有强势影响力的科技媒体。旗下现有 ifanr.com、SocialBase.cn、AppSolution、玩物志、创业及产品社区 MindStore 等多个细分领域的知名产品。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.ifanr.com/36氪36氪为您提供创业资讯、科技新闻、投融资对接、股权投资、极速融资等创业服务,致力成为创业者可以依赖的创业服务平台,为创业者提供最好的产品和服务。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://36kr.com如果一篇文章在一个平台一天有100个阅读量,在50个平台上就是5000阅读,那么10天呢,一年356天呢,可能前期会辛苦一点,但是你需要坚持,越到后面,你在互联网上发布的文章越多,加你的人也会越多,而且这些文章将会在多年以后都能够继续为你带来流量,有的人两年前写的文章,现在还有人看了还会加v信。外加两个,趣头条,惠头条。有的人可能会问,这么多平台,发文章比写文章还累!额。。。。。。你需要学会找工具,早就有人开发出来了一键发布功能,一篇文章可以同时发布到多个自媒体平台上!什么工具呢?百度一下,你就知道!以上,是今天给大家提供的一些思路,希望对大家有帮助!这些仅仅是各大门户网站的自媒体开放平台,没有精确到各种类型的全部平台,如小视频类app、综合视频类网站都没有开始说,由于篇幅的原因,留到以后再进行补充吧。
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG |出海如何有效识别与管理电商客服敏感词
LIKE.TG |出海如何有效识别与管理电商客服敏感词
在电商行业,客服是与客户沟通的桥梁,而敏感词的管理则是保障品牌形象和客户体验的重要环节。随着电商市场的竞争加剧,如何有效地管理敏感词,成为了每个电商企业必须面对的挑战。本文将详细介绍电商客服敏感词的重要性,以及如何利用LIKE.TG云控系统进行高效的敏感词管理,LIKE.TG云控系统在出海中的作用。最好用的云控拓客系统:https://www.like.tg免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是电商客服敏感词?电商客服敏感词是指在与客户沟通时,可能引起误解、争议或法律问题的词汇。这些词汇可能涉及到产品质量、售后服务、品牌形象等多个方面。有效管理敏感词,不仅能避免潜在的法律风险,还能提升客户的满意度和信任度。敏感词的分类品牌相关敏感词:涉及品牌名称、商标等。法律风险敏感词:可能引发法律纠纷的词汇,如“假货”、“退款”等。负面情绪敏感词:可能引起客户不满的词汇,如“差”、“失望”等。敏感词管理的重要性保护品牌形象提升客户体验避免法律风险敏感词的使用不当,可能导致客户对品牌产生负面印象。通过有效的敏感词管理,可以维护品牌形象,提升客户信任度。良好的客服体验能够提升客户的满意度,而敏感词的管理则是提升体验的关键之一。通过避免使用敏感词,客服人员能够更好地与客户沟通,解决问题。在电商运营中,法律风险无处不在。有效的敏感词管理可以帮助企业规避潜在的法律问题,保护企业的合法权益。LIKE.TG云控系统的优势在敏感词管理方面,LIKE.TG云控系统提供了一系列强大的功能,帮助电商企业高效地管理敏感词。敏感词库管理实时监控与预警数据分析与报告LIKE.TG云控系统提供丰富的敏感词库,用户可以根据自己的需求进行定制和更新。系统会自动识别并过滤敏感词,确保客服沟通的安全性。系统具备实时监控功能,可以随时跟踪客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况。一旦发现敏感词,系统会及时发出预警,帮助客服人员及时调整沟通策略。LIKE.TG云控系统还提供数据分析功能,用户可以查看敏感词使用的统计数据,从而优化客服策略。通过分析数据,企业可以更好地理解客户需求,提升服务质量。如何使用LIKE.TG云控系统进行敏感词管理注册与登录设置敏感词库实施实时监控数据分析与优化首先,用户需要在LIKE.TG云控系统官网注册账号,并完成登录。用户界面友好,操作简单,方便各类用户使用。在系统内,用户可以根据自身的需求,设置和更新敏感词库。添加敏感词时,建议结合行业特点,确保敏感词库的完整性。通过LIKE.TG云控系统的实时监控功能,用户可以随时查看客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况。系统会自动记录每次敏感词的出现,并生成相应的报告。定期查看敏感词使用的统计数据,用户可以根据数据分析结果,及时调整客服策略。例如,如果某个敏感词频繁出现,说明该问题需要引起重视,及时优化沟通方式。常见问题解答LIKE.TG云控系统安全吗?敏感词库是否可以自定义?是的,LIKE.TG云控系统采用了先进的安全技术,确保用户数据的安全性。系统定期进行安全检查,保障用户信息的隐私。用户可以根据自身需求,自定义敏感词库。LIKE.TG云控系统支持随时添加和删除敏感词,确保库的及时更新。在电商行业,客服敏感词的管理至关重要。通过有效的敏感词管理,不仅可以保护品牌形象、提升客户体验,还能避免法律风险。LIKE.TG云控系统作为一款强大的敏感词管理工具,能够帮助电商企业高效地管理敏感词,提升客服质量。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 点击这里
LIKE.TG |出海电商客服敏感词与敏感词大全推荐指南
LIKE.TG |出海电商客服敏感词与敏感词大全推荐指南
在全球化的商业环境中,出海电商成为了许多企业拓展市场的重要选择。然而,跨国经营带来了语言、文化和法律等多方面的挑战,尤其是在客服领域,敏感词的管理显得尤为重要。本文将深入探讨出海电商客服敏感词的重要性,并推荐适合的客服系统,帮助企业提升客户体验和品牌形象。最好用的出海客服系统:https://www.like.tg免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是出海电商客服敏感词?出海电商客服敏感词是指在与客户沟通时,可能引起误解、争议或法律问题的词汇。这些词汇可能涉及品牌形象、产品质量、售后服务等多个方面。有效管理敏感词,不仅能避免潜在的法律风险,还能提升客户的满意度和信任度。敏感词的分类品牌相关敏感词:涉及品牌名称、商标等。法律风险敏感词:可能引发法律纠纷的词汇,如“假货”、“退款”等。文化敏感词:在不同文化背景下可能引起误解的词汇。出海电商客服敏感词的重要性保护品牌形象敏感词的使用不当,可能导致客户对品牌产生负面印象。通过有效的敏感词管理,可以维护品牌形象,提升客户信任度。提升客户体验良好的客服体验能够提升客户的满意度,而敏感词的管理则是提升体验的关键之一。通过避免使用敏感词,客服人员能够更好地与客户沟通,解决问题。避免法律风险在出海电商运营中,法律风险无处不在。有效的敏感词管理可以帮助企业规避潜在的法律问题,保护企业的合法权益。三、推荐的客服系统在敏感词管理方面,选择合适的客服系统至关重要。以下是一些推荐的客服系统,它们能够帮助企业高效地管理敏感词,提升客服质量。LIKE.TG云控系统LIKE.TG云控系统是一款功能强大的客服管理工具,提供了敏感词库管理、实时监控和数据分析等多种功能,帮助企业有效管理客服沟通中的敏感词。敏感词库管理:用户可以根据自身需求,定制和更新敏感词库,确保敏感词的及时更新。实时监控与预警:系统具备实时监控功能,可以随时跟踪客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况,及时发出预警。数据分析与报告:提供详细的数据分析报告,帮助企业优化客服策略。ZendeskZendesk是一款全球知名的客服系统,支持多语言和多渠道的客户沟通。其敏感词管理功能可以帮助企业避免使用不当的词汇,提升客户体验。多语言支持:适合出海电商,能够满足不同国家客户的需求。自动化功能:可以设置自动回复和智能问答,提高工作效率。FreshdeskFreshdesk是一款灵活的客服系统,提供了丰富的功能和自定义选项,适合各类电商企业使用。自定义敏感词库:用户可以根据行业特点,自定义敏感词库。多渠道支持:支持邮件、社交媒体和在线聊天等多种沟通方式。如何有效管理出海电商客服敏感词建立敏感词库首先,企业需要建立一份全面的敏感词库,涵盖品牌相关、法律风险和文化敏感词。根据市场反馈和客户沟通的实际情况,定期更新敏感词库。培训客服人员对客服人员进行敏感词管理的培训,使其了解敏感词的定义和重要性,掌握如何避免使用敏感词的技巧。使用客服系统进行监控通过使用合适的客服系统,如LIKE.TG云控系统,企业可以实时监控客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况,及时调整沟通策略。数据分析与优化定期查看敏感词使用的统计数据,企业可以根据数据分析结果,及时调整客服策略。例如,如果某个敏感词频繁出现,说明该问题需要引起重视,及时优化沟通方式。常见问题解答出海电商客服敏感词管理的难点是什么?出海电商客服敏感词管理的难点主要在于文化差异和法律法规的不同。企业需要深入了解目标市场的文化背景和法律要求,以制定合适的敏感词管理策略。如何选择合适的客服系统?选择合适的客服系统时,企业应考虑系统的多语言支持、敏感词管理功能、数据分析能力等因素,以满足自身的需求。如何处理敏感词的误判?企业可以通过客服系统的反馈机制,及时调整敏感词设置,避免误判。同时,定期对敏感词库进行审查和更新。在出海电商的过程中,客服敏感词的管理至关重要。通过有效的敏感词管理,不仅可以保护品牌形象、提升客户体验,还能避免法律风险。选择合适的客服系统,如LIKE.TG云控系统,能够帮助企业高效地管理敏感词,提升客服质量。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服
LIKE.TG |如何高效管理多账号推特?最好用的 Twitter多开工具
LIKE.TG |如何高效管理多账号推特?最好用的 Twitter多开工具
在今天的社交媒体营销世界,Twitter无疑是一个强大的平台,尤其是在全球范围内。无论你是企业营销人员、内容创作者,还是网络推广者,Twitter的强大影响力让它成为了一个必不可少的工具。然而,随着Twitter账号管理的需求增加,许多人开始寻求高效的多账号管理解决方案——这时候,“多账号推特”和“Twitter多开”变得尤为重要。通过多账号管理,你不仅可以针对不同的受众群体定制个性化的内容,还能够扩展你的社交圈子,增加曝光率,提升品牌影响力。但传统的手动管理多个Twitter账号无疑是一个耗时且繁琐的任务,特别是当你需要频繁切换账号时。在这个时候,使用专业的工具来实现Twitter的多开管理显得至关重要。一个高效的Twitter多开工具能够帮助你同时管理多个账号,避免账号之间的冲突,提高运营效率,甚至还能避免被平台封禁的风险。最好用的Twitter多开工具:https://www.like.tg免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel解决方案:LIKE.TG让多账号推特管理变得轻松如果你正在寻找一个可靠的解决方案来进行多账号管理,那么LIKE.TG Twitter获客大师系统是一个值得考虑的选择。LIKE.TG不仅支持多个Twitter账号的云端管理,它还具有支持Twitter多开的强大功能。通过LIKE.TG,你可以:批量管理多个Twitter账号:你可以在同一设备上同时登录并管理多个Twitter账号,大大提高工作效率。免去频繁切换账号的麻烦:LIKE.TG让你轻松在多个Twitter账号之间切换,避免频繁登录登出带来的困扰。实现自动化操作:LIKE.TG支持自动化发推、自动回复、自动关注等功能,帮助你在多个账号上保持活跃状态。了解更多有关LIKE.TG的功能,可以访问我们的官网:https://www.like.tg。为什么选择LIKE.TG的Twitter多开系统?选择LIKE.TG的Twitter多开系统,你不仅能享受高效的账号管理,还能够利用其智能化的功能提升营销效果。以下是使用LIKE.TG进行Twitter多开管理的几个优势:高度自动化精准的用户定位安全性保障如何使用LIKE.TG实现高效的Twitter多开?使用LIKE.TG的Twitter多开功能非常简单。只需要几个简单的步骤,你就可以开始管理多个Twitter账号了:登录Twitter获客系统账号设置Twitter账号:在LIKE.TG的控制面板上,你可以输入你的多个Twitter账号信息,并开始批量管理。定制化操作规则:你可以根据不同的目标,设置每个Twitter账号的自动化操作规则,如定时发推、自动点赞、自动关注,私信发信息,采集粉丝等开始运行:点击“启动”,LIKE.TG将脚本自动帮助你执行这些操作,并且你可以在任何时候查看每个Twitter账号的实时数据和表现使用LIKE.TG,你能够轻松实现Twitter多开管理,提高工作效率,提升Twitter账号的活跃度和互动率。多账号推特与SEO优化:如何提升Twitter的流量与排名?Twitter不仅是一个社交平台,它也是SEO优化的重要组成部分。通过高效的多账号管理和内容推广,你能够提升自己在Twitter上的曝光率,从而为你的品牌带来更多的流量。以下是利用Twitter进行SEO优化的几种策略:增加推文的互动量定期更新内容使用关键词优化建立链接LIKE.TG Twitter获客大师系统 为Twitter多开管理提供了一个高效、自动化、安全的解决方案。不论你是个人品牌的经营者,还是企业营销人员,通过LIKE.TG,你都能轻松管理多个Twitter账号,提升账号活跃度,增强品牌影响力,进而获得更多的关注和转化。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈